You are on page 1of 211

GPSG-1000

GPS/Galileo
Positional Simulator

Operation Manual

EXPORT CONTROL WARNING: This document contains controlled technology under the jurisdiction of the Export
Administration Regulations (EAR), 15 CFR 730-774. It cannot be transferred to any foreign party without appropriate
authorization under the EAR. Violations of these regulations are punishable by fine, imprisonment, or both.
This page intentionally left blank.
G PS G-1 0 0 0

G PS/G alileo P os itional S imulator

Oper ation Manual

P U B LIS H E D B Y
V IA V I S ol uti ons

CO P Y RI G HT  V IAV I So l u ti o n s 2 0 1 9
Al l r ight s r es er v e d . N o p a rt o f th i s p u b l i c a ti on may be reprodu ced, stored i n a retri eval system, or
tra ns m it t ed in a n y fo rm o r b y a n y m e a n s , el ectroni c, mechani cal , photocopyi ng, recordi ng or other wise
wit hout t he pr io r p e rm i s s i o n o f th e p u b l i s her.

Or iginal I s s ue Jun 2011


Iss ue 2 Sep 2011
Iss ue 3 Nov 2011
Iss ue 4 Ma r 2 0 1 2
Iss ue 5 Ma r 2 0 1 3
Iss ue 6 Jan 2014
Iss ue 7 Feb 2015
Iss ue 8 Oc t 2 0 1 5
Iss ue 9 Jan 2016
Iss ue 10 Sep 2016
Iss ue 11 Nov 2017
Iss ue 12 June 2019

10200 W e s t Y o rk / W i c h i ta , Ka n s a s 67215 U .S .A . / (316) 522-4981 / FA X (316) 524-2623

Su b je c t t o Ex port C ontrol, see C over P age for details.


ELE CT RO M AG N ET IC C OMP A T IB IL IT Y

Double s hielded a n d p ro p e rl y te rm i n a te d external i nterface cabl es must be used w i th thi s equi pm ent
when int er f ac ing w i th th e R S -2 3 2 a n d Eth ernet.

For c ont inued EMC c o mp l i a n c e , a l l e x te rnal cabl es must be shi el ded and 3 meters or l ess i n l e ngt h.

NO M E NCL AT UR E ST A T EME N T

In t his m anual, GPS G-1 0 0 0 , T e s t Se t o r U ni t refers to the GP S G-1000 GP S /Gal i l eo P osi ti onal Sim ulat or .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


i
T H IS P AGE IN TE N TION A LLY LE FT B LA N K .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


ii
D e c l a r at io n o f Co n f o rmit y

T h e D e c l a ra ti o n o f C o n fo rm i ty C erti fi cate i ncl uded w i th the U ni t shoul d remai n wit h t he


U n i t.

V IAV I So l u ti o n s re c o mme n ds the operator reproduce a copy of the D ecl arati on of


C o n fo rm i ty C e rti fi c a te to b e stored w i th the Operati on Manual f or future reference.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


iii
T H IS P AGE IN TE N TION A LLY LE FT B LA N K .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


iv
Pre c a u t io n s

S AF E T Y F I R S T - T O AL L OPERAT IONS PERSONNEL

GE NE RAL CO N D IT ION S OF U S E
This pr oduc t is d e s i g n e d a n d te s te d to c o m pl y w i th the requi rem ents of IE C /E N 61010-1 ‘ S afety
re quir em ent s f o r e l e c tri c a l e q u i p m e n t fo r m easurement, control and l aboratory use’ for C l ass I por t able
equipm ent and i s fo r u s e i n a p o l l u ti o n d e gree 2 envi ronment. The equi pment i s desi gned to oper at e
fro m ins t allat ion s u p p l y C a te g o ry II.

Eq uipm ent s hou l d b e p ro te c te d fro m l i q u i ds such as spi l l s, l eak s, etc. and preci pi tati on such as r ain,
sn ow, et c . W he n mo v i n g th e e q u i p m e n t fr om a col d to hot envi ro nment, al l ow the temperature of t he
equipm ent t o s t a b i l i z e b e fo re th e e q u i p ment i s connected to the suppl y to avoi d condensati on for m ing.

The equipm ent m u s t o n l y b e o p e ra te d w i thi n the envi ronmental co ndi ti ons speci fi ed i n the perfor m ance
dat a.

CAS E , CO V E R OR PA N E L R E M OVA L
Opening t he Ca s e As s e mb l y e x p o s e s th e o perator to el ectri cal ha zards that may resul t i n el ectr ical
sh oc k or equipm e n t d a ma g e . D o n o t o p e r ate thi s Test S et w i th t he C ase A ssembl y open.

SA F E T Y I DE NT IF IC A T ION IN T E C H N IC A L MA N U A L
This m anual us e s th e fo l l o w i n g te rm s to d raw attenti on to possi bl e safety hazards that may exist when
oper at ing or s er v i c i n g th i s e q u i p me n t:
ID EN T IF IES C ON D IT ION S OR A C TIV ITIE S TH A T, IF IGN OR E D , C A N R E S ULT I N
EQU IPME N T OR PR OPE R TY D A MA GE , E .G., FIR E .

ID E N T IF IE S C ON D IT IO N S OR A C TIV ITIE S TH A T, IF IGN OR E D , C A N R E S ULT I N


W AR N I N G PE R S ON A L IN J U R Y O R D E A TH .

SA F E T Y S Y M BO L S IN M A N U A L S A N D ON U N ITS

CA U T ION: R e fe r to a c c o m p a n yi ng documents. (Thi s symbol refers to spe ci fi c C A UTI O NS


r ep re s e n te d o n th e u n i t a n d cl ari fi ed i n the text.)

I nd i c a te s a T o x i c h a z a rd .

I nd i c a te s i te m i s s ta ti c s e n s i ti ve.

AC T ER M IN A L : T e rm i n a l th a t may suppl y or be suppl i ed w i th A C or al ternati n g vo lt age.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


v
S AFE TY F I R S T - T O A LL OPERAT IONS PERSONNEL ( c ont)

EQUI P M E NT G R OU N D IN G P R OT E C T ION
Im pr oper gr ound i n g o f e q u i p m e n t c a n re s u l t i n el ectri cal shock.

US E O F P RO BE S
Ref er t o P er f or m a n c e S p e c i fi c a ti o n s fo r th e maxi mum vol tage, cu rrent and pow er rati ngs of any
co nnec t or on t h e T e s t S e t b e fo re c o n n e c ting a probe from a term i nal devi ce. B e sure the term inal
dev ic e per f or m s w i th i n th e s e s p e c i fi c a ti o ns before usi ng the pr obe for measurement, to prevent
el e c t r ic al s hoc k o r d a ma g e to th e e q u i p m e nt.

POW E R CO RDS
Po wer c or ds m u s t n o t b e fra y e d o r b ro k e n, nor expose bare w i ri n g w hen operati ng thi s equi pm ent .

US E RE CO M M E N D ED F U S ES ON L Y
Us e only f us es s p e c i fi c a l l y re c o mme n d e d for the equi pment at th e speci fi ed current and vol tage r at ings.
Ref er t o P er f or m a n c e S p e c i fi c a ti o n s fo r fu se requi rements and s peci fi cati ons.

INT E RNAL BATT E R Y


This unit c ont ai n s a L i th i u m Io n B a tte ry , servi ceabl e onl y by a qual i fi ed techni ci an.

EMI ( E L E CT ROMA GN E T IC IN T ER F ER EN CE )

S IGN A L GEN ER AT OR S C A N B E A S OU R C E OF E LE C TR OMA GN E TIC


CAUTION IN T ER F ER EN C E (EMI) TO C OMMU N IC A TION R E C E IV E R S . S OME TR A N S M I TTED
SIGN AL S C A N C AU SE D IS R U P TION A N D IN TE R FE R E N C E TO C OMMU N ICATI O N
SE R V IC E OU T T O A D IS TA N C E OF S E V E R A L MILE S . U S E R OF TH IS E QUI PM ENT
SH OU L D SC R U T IN IZ E A N Y OP E R A TION TH A T R E S U LTS IN R A D IA TION OF A
SIGN AL (D IR E C T L Y O R IN D IR E C TLY ) A N D S H OU LD TA K E N E C E S S A R Y
PR EC AU T ION S T O AV OID P OTE N TIA L C OMMU N IC A TION IN TE R FE R E N C E
PR OBL E M S.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


vi
S AFE TY F I R S T - T O A LL OPERAT IONS PERSONNEL ( c ont)

TO X I C HAZ ARD S

S OM E OF T H E C OM PON E N TS U S E D IN TH IS E QU IP ME N T MA Y IN C LU D E RESI NS
W AR N I N G A N D OT H ER M A T E R IA LS W H IC H GIV E OFF TOX IC FU ME S IF IN C IN E R A TED.
T A K E A PP R OP R IA T E P R E C A U TION S IN TH E D IS P OS A L OF TH E S E ITE M S.

B ER YL L IA

B E R Y L L IA (B ER YL L IU M OX ID E ) IS U S E D IN TH E C ON S TR U C TION OF S O M E O F
W AR N I N G T H E C OMP ON E N T S IN TH IS E QU IP ME N T.
T H IS M A T E R IA L , WH EN IN TH E FOR M OF FIN E D U S T OR V A P OR A N D INHALED
IN T O T H E L U N GS, C AN C A U S E A R E S P IR A TOR Y D IS E A S E . IN ITS S OLID FO RM ,
A S U S ED H E R E , IT C A N B E H A N D LE D S A FE LY , H OW E V E R , A V OID H A N DLI NG
C ON D IT ION S W H IC H P R OMOTE D U S T FOR MA TION B Y S U R FA C E A B R A SI O N.
U S E C A R E W H EN R E M OV IN G A N D D IS P OS IN G OF TH E S E C OMP ON E N TS. DO
N OT P U T T H EM IN T HE GE N E R A L IN D U S TR IA L OR D OME S TIC W A S TE O R
D IS PA T C H T H E M B Y POS T. TH E Y S H OU LD B E S E P A R A TE LY A N D S E C URELY
PA C K ED A N D C L EA R LY ID E N TIFIE D TO S H OW TH E N A TU R E OF TH E H AZARD
A N D T H EN D IS POS ED OF IN A S A FE MA N N E R B Y A N A U TH OR IZE D TOXI C
WA ST E C ON T R A C T OR .

B ER YL L IU M C OP PE R

SOME M EC H A N IC A L C OMP ON E N TS W ITH IN TH IS IN S TR U ME N T A R E


W AR N I N G M A N U F A C T U R E D F R O M B E R Y LLIU M C OP P E R . TH IS IS A N A LLOY W ITH A
B E R Y L L IU M C ON T E N T OF A P P R OX IMA TE LY 5% . IT R E P R E S E N TS N O RI SK IN
N OR M A L U SE .
T H E M A T E R IA L S H OU LD N OT B E MA C H IN E D , W E LD E D OR S U B JE C TE D TO ANY
PR OC E SS WH ER E H EA T IS IN V OLV E D .
IT M U S T B E D IS POS ED OF A S “S P E C IA L W A S TE .”
IT M U S T N OT B E D ISP OS E D OF B Y IN C IN E R A TION .

L IT H IU M

A L IT H IU M B A T T E R Y IS U S E D IN TH IS E QU IP ME N T.
W AR N I N G L IT H IU M IS A T OXIC SU B S TA N C E S O TH E B A TTE R Y S H OU LD IN N O
C IR C U M ST A N C ES B E C R U S H E D , IN C IN E R A TE D OR D IS P OS E D OF IN N ORM AL
WA ST E .
D O N OT SH OR T C IR C U IT OR FOR C E D IS C H A R GE S IN C E TH IS MIGH T C AUSE
T H E B A T T ER Y T O V EN T, OV E R H E A T OR E X P LOD E .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


vi i
S AFE TY F I R S T - T O A LL OPERAT IONS PERSONNEL ( c ont)

FIRE HAZ ARD

MA K E SU R E T H A T ONLY FU S E S OF TH E C OR R E C T R A TIN G A N D TY P E ARE


W AR N I N G U SE D F OR R E PL A C E M E N T. IF A N IN TE GR A LLY FU S E D P LU G IS U S E D O N THE
SU PP L Y L E A D , EN SU R E TH A T TH E FU S E R A TIN G IS C OMME N S U R A TE WI TH
T H E C U R R EN T R E QU IR E ME N TS OF TH IS E QU IP ME N T.

INP UT O V E RL OA D

T X P OR T MA XIMU M RE V E R S E P OW E R
CAUTION 100 mW

R X L EV EL MU ST N OT E X C E E D -20 dB M
CAUTION

STAT I C S E NS I T IV E C OM PON EN T S

CAUTION

THIS EQUIPMENT CONTAINS PARTS


SENSITIVE TO DAMAGE
BY ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD).

T h i s e q u i p me n t c o n ta i ns components sensi ti ve to damage by E l ect rostati c


Discharge (ESD). All personnel performing maintenance or calib ration procedures
s h o u l d h a v e k n o w l e d g e of accepted E S D practi ces and/or be E S D c erti fi ed.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


vi i i
Pre f a c e

SC O P E

T h i s Ma n u a l c o n ta i n s i n s tructi ons for operati ng the GP S G-1000. It i s strongl y


re c o m m e n d e d th a t th e Op e rator become thoroughl y fami l i ar w i th t hi s manual be f or e
a tte mp ti n g to o p e ra te th e e qui pment.
ORG ANI Z AT I O N

T h i s ma n u a l i s c o mp o s e d o f the fol l ow i ng chapters:


CHAP T E R 1 - I N T R OD U C T ION

P ro v i d e s a n i n tro d u c ti o n a n d a bri ef overvi ew of Test S et funct i ons and features.


CHAP T E R 2 - T ES T SE T OPE R A T ION

Id e n ti fi e s T e s t S e t C o n tro l s , C onnectors and Indi cators.


P ro v i d e s P o w e r On a n d P o w er Off procedures.
P ro v i d e s fu n c ti o n a l d e s c ri pti on of Graphi c U ser Interface (GU I) components.
P ro v i d e s i n s tru c ti o n s fo r d e fi ni ng Test S et parameters.
CHAP T E R 3 - T ES T SE T F U N C T ION S

P ro v i d e s fu n c ti o n a l d e s c ri pti on of Test S et functi ons.


CHAP T E R 4 - T ES T IN G

P ro v i d e s GP S a n d Ga l i l e o Recei ver test gui del i nes.


CHAP T E R 5 - M A IN T EN A N C E

Id e n ti fi e s M a i n te n a n c e a n d S oftw are U pdate procedures.


CHAP T E R 6 - PR IN C IPL E S OF OP ER A T ION

P ro v i d e s i n fo rm a ti o n re g a rdi ng Test S et pri nci pl es of operati on .


CHAP T E R 7 - SP EC IF IC A T ION S

Id e n ti fi e s T e s t S e t s p e c i fi c ati ons.
AP P E NDI X A - P IN -OU T T A B L ES

Id e n ti fi e s c o n n e c to r p i n l o c ati ons.
AP P E NDI X B - A B B R E VIA T ION S

L i s ts te rm s a n d a b b re v i a ti o ns used i n thi s manual .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


ix
T H IS P AGE IN TE N TION A LLY LE FT B LA N K .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


x
S e r v i c e U po n Re c e ip t o f M a t e ria l

UN PA C K I N G T E S T S E T
S p e c i a l d e s i g n p a c k i n g m a t eri al i nsi de thi s shi ppi ng contai ner provi de maxi mum
p ro te c ti o n fo r th e T e s t Se t. A voi d damagi ng the shi ppi ng conta i ner and packaging
ma te ri a l w h e n u n p a c k i n g e qui pment; i f necessary the shi ppi ng co ntai ner and packaging
ma te ri a l c a n b e re u s e d to shi p the Test S et.

U s e th e fo l l o w i n g s te p s to unpack the Test S et:


STEP PROCEDURE

1. C u t a n d re m o v e s e a l i ng tape on top of the shi ppi ng contai ner. Open shipping


c o n ta i n e r a n d re mo ve top packi ng mol d.
2. Gra s p th e T e s t S e t fi rml y w hi l e restrai ni ng the shi ppi ng cont ai ner. Li ft the
e q u i p m e n t a n d p a c ki ng materi al verti cal l y out of the shi ppi ng c ontai ner.
3. P l a c e T e s t S e t a n d end cap packi ng on a fl at, cl ean and dry s urface.
4. R e m o v e p ro te c ti v e p l asti c bag from the Test S et.
5. P l a c e p ro te c ti v e p l a sti c bag and end cap packi ng materi al s i n si de shi pping
c o n ta i n e r.
6. S to re s h i p p i n g c o n t ai ner for possi bl e future use.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


xi
CH EC K I N G U N P A C K E D E QU IPM ENT
In s p e c t e q u i p m e n t fo r p o s si bl e damage i ncurred duri ng shi pment. If Test S et ha s been
d a ma g e d , re p o rt th e d a ma ge to V IA V I S ol uti ons C ustomer S ervi ce.
R e v i e w p a c k i n g s l i p to v e ri fy shi pment i s compl ete. P acki ng sl i p i denti fi es the st andar d
ite m s a s w e l l a s p u rc h a s e d opti ons. R eport al l di screpanci es t o V IA V I S ol uti ons .

C ont act :
V IA V I
S o lu tio n s
C u s to mer S ervic e D e pa rtme nt
1 0 2 0 0 W e s t Y ork Stre e t
W ic h ita, K ans a s 67215
T e le p h o n e : 8 0 0 -8 3 5 -2 3 50
F A X: 3 1 6 -5 2 4 -2 6 23
e m a il: a v co mm. s e rvic e @ via vis olutions .c om

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


xi i
St andar d It e ms
IT E M P A R T N U MB E R Q TY

GPS/Galileo Positional Simulator 87339 1

Power Supply 67374 1

Power Cord (U.S.) 62302 1

Power Cord (European) 64020 1

Operation Manual (CD) 88037 1

Getting Started Manual (paper) 88038 1

Transit Case 88493 1

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


xi i i
St andar d It e ms (cont)
IT E M P A R T N U MB E R Q TY

Coax Cable (50ft) 90114 1

GPSG Antenna Coupler 87636 1

Shot Bag 88753 1

RX Antenna 90113 1

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


xi v
O pt ional It ems

IT E M P A R T N U MB E R Q TY

Battery Pack 86196 1

External Battery Charger 87040 1

Antenna Coupler Placement Pole Kit 90106


1
(Pole and D Ring)

Kit, CPLR Dual GPS


91136 1
Antenna System

Kit, CPLR Triple GPS


91137 1
Antenna System

Maintenance Manual 89023 1

GPS Receiver Termination Kit,


113108 1
190 Ohms

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


xv
IT E M P A R T N U MB E R Q TY

GC-130 GPS Antenna Coupler Kit 141193 1

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


xvi
T H IS PA GE IN TE N TION A LLY LE FT B LA N K .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


xvi i
T ab le o f C o n te n ts

Chapter 1 - D e s c r i p t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1

I nt r oduc ti o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1
S c op e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1
Nom e n c l a tu re C ro s s -R e fe re n c e Li st . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1
E quipm e n t C a p a b i l i ti e s a n d F e a tu r es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1
Capa b i l i ti e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2
F eat u re s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 3
Ut iliti e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 3

Chapter 2 - T e s t S e t O p e r a t io n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1

I nt r oduc ti o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1
P ower R e q u i re me n ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1
P ow e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1
A C Po w e r R e q u i re m e n ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1
B at t e ry R e c h a rg i n g U s i n g GP SG-1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 2
B at t e ry R e c h a rg i n g U s i n g Ba ttery C radl e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 2
I ns t allati o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 3
V ent i l a ti o n R e q u i re m e n ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 3
B enc h T o p In s ta l l a ti o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 3
Cont r ols a n d C o n n e c to rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 4
F r on t Pa n e l C o n tro l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 4
Rear Pa n e l C o n tro l s a n d C o n n e ctors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 6
O per at in g Pro c e d u re s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 7
P ow e r ON T e s t Se t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 7
P ow e r OF F T e s t S e t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 7
Us er I nt e rfa c e C o mp o n e n ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 8
Laun c h Ba r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 8
Laun c h Ba r N a v i g a ti o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 9
F unc ti o n K e y s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 9
F unc ti o n W i n d o w s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 9
F unc ti o n W i n d o w Ic o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 10
Def ining P a ra m e te rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 11
E nt e ri n g N u me ri c V a l u e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 11
Num e ri c Ke y p a d a n d Sl i d e r B a r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 11
Dat a S l e w Ba r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 12
Dr op -d o w n M e n u s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 12
S ele c ta b l e U n i ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 12
Loc k e d F i e l d s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 13

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


1
Chapter 3 - T e s t S e t F u n c t io n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1

I nt r oduc ti o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1
T es t S et F u n c ti o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1
S im u l a ti o n F u n c ti o n Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1
S et u p S i mu l a ti o n W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 5
S et u p Mo ti o n Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 12
S et u p C h a n n e l s Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 13
S et u p I/O W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 14
S V P R N Se l e c ti o n F u n c ti o n Wi ndow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 15
S V P R N E d i t W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 16
Route F u n c ti o n W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 18
Route E d i t S to re d Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 20
Route E d i t E d i t W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 21
W ayp o i n t F u n c ti o n W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 23
W ayp o i n t E d i t S to re d Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 25
W ayp o i n t E d i t E d i t W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 26
G P S R X F u n c ti o n W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 27
M ain te n a n c e F u n c ti o n W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 29
Calib ra ti o n F u n c ti o n Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 30
Diag n o s ti c s F u n c ti o n Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 31
F ile Al m a n a c s F u n c ti o n Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 32
F ile R o u te s F u n c ti o n W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 33
F ile S e tti n g s F u n c ti o n Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 34
F ile T ra j e c to ry F u n c ti o n Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 35
K m l F u n c ti o n Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 36
W ayp o i n t Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 38
S y s t e m F u n c ti o n W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 39

Chapter 4 - T e s t i n g G P S / Ga lile o Re c e iv e rs . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1

I nt r oduc ti o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1
A nt e n n a C o u p l e r In s ta l l a ti o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1
S et u p B a s i c S ta ti c Si m u l a ti o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 2
S et u p B a s i c D y n a mi c S i mu l a ti on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 4
S et u p B a s i c T ra j e c to ry Si m u l a ti on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 6
G P S R e c e i v e r C o mmu n i c a ti o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 9
S ens i ti v i ty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 9
M ea s u ri n g T i me to F i rs t F i x (T TFF) and P osi ti on A ccuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 12
RA I M T e s ti n g a n d SV Ge o m e tr y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 17

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


2
Chapter 5 - M a i n t e n a n c e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1

I nt r oduc ti o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1
V is u a l In s p e c ti o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1
E x t e rn a l C l e a n i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1
M aint ena n c e Pro c e d u re s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1
B at t e ry R e p l a c e m e n t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1
G P S G-1 0 0 0 So ftw a re U p d a te P rocedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 2
G P S G-1 0 0 0 D e b u g F i l e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 4
I den ti fy i n g In s ta l l e d So ftw a re Versi on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 5
G P S G-1 0 0 0 Al m a n a c U p d a te . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 6
M ain te n a n c e F u n c ti o n Wi n d o w s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 7
S y s t e m F u n c ti o n Wi n d o w s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 10

Chapter 6 - P r i n c i p l e s o f Op e ra t io n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1

P r inc iple s o f Op e ra ti o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1
G P S G-1 0 0 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1
G P S Sy s te m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 2
S P S S ta n d a rd Po s i ti o n i n g S e rv i ce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 5
P os i ti o n C a l c u l a ti o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 6
G P S T i m e k e e p i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 18
G NS S Ac c u ra c y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 19
G NS S Au g me n ta ti o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 20
G P S Mo d e rn i z a ti o n Si g n a l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 24
T he Ga l i l e o S y s te m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 28

Chapter 7 - P r o d u c t S p e c if ic a t io n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1

G ener ato r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1
M as t er Os c i l l a to r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 3
Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 3
B at t er y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 4
DC I NP U T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 4
P hy s ic al C h a ra c te ri s ti c s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 4
E nv ir onm e n ta l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 4
A c c es s o ri e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 5

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3
Appendi x A
Pi n-O ut T a b l e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A - 1

Appendi x B
Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B - 1

Appendi x C
Expor ti ng , E d i t i n g a n d I mp o rt in g Wa y p o in t s . . . . . . . . C - 1

Appendi x D
Expor ted a n d I m p o r t e d F ile F o rma t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D - 1

Appendi x E
Recor di ng a n d P l a y i n g T r a je c t o ry Ro u t e s . . . . . . . . . . . E - 1

Appendi x F
G P S G -100 0 U S B M e m o r y D e v ic e
For m at C o m p a t i b i l i t y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F - 1

Appendi x G
Connecti n g D u a l A n t e n n a Co u p le r Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . G - 1

Appendi x H
Connecti n g T r i p l e A n t e n n a Co u p le r Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . H - 1

Appendi x I
Di r ect Con n e c t i n g t o G P S Re c e iv e rs
Requi r i ng A n t e n n a L o a d Simu la t o rs
Usi ng the A e r o f l e x G P S G - 1 0 0 0 a n d Op t io n a l Kit . . . . . . . I - 1

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


4
L i s t o f T a b le s

B as ic NME A-1 8 3 S e n te n c e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 9
T y pic al R e c e i v e r C /N 0 a s a F u n c ti o n of R F Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 12
T T F F V a l u e s fo r F o u r S i mu l a ti o n s at D i fferent U TC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 16
Hor iz ont a l Ac c u ra c y fo r V a ri o u s U TC S i mul ati ons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 16
P S P os iti o n a l Erro r S o u rc e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 18
RA I M A l a rm s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 23
G alileo S i g n a l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 30
S NC, S N R a n d C /N 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 32
C/ N0 as a F u n c ti o n o f N o i s e F i g u re . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 33
Cor r elati o n o f R F Po w e r L e v e l a n d R ecei ver C /N 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 34

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


1
T H IS P AGE IN TE N TION A LLY LE FT B LA N K .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


2
L i s t o f F ig u r e s

T he A ero fl e x GP SG-1 0 0 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1
G P S G - 1 0 0 0 Sc re e n C o v e r/Sta n d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 3
F r ont P a n e l C o n tro l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 4
T es t S et R e a r Pa n e l C o n tro l s a n d C onnectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 6
P ower U p Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 7
Launc h Ba r - Op e n /C l o s e T a b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 8
Launc h Ba r a n d S i mu l a ti o n F u n c ti on W i ndow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 8
F unc t ion Ke y s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 9
F unc t ion Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 9
Num er ic K e y p a d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 11
Dat a S le w B a r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 12
Dr op- dow n M e n u . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 12
S elec t ab l e U n i ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 12
Loc k ed Fi e l d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 13
S im ulat i o n F u n c ti o n W i n d o w (GP S S tati c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 2
S im ulat i o n F u n c ti o n W i n d o w (Ga l i l eo S tati c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 2
S im ulat i o n F u n c ti o n W i n d o w (S BA S S tati c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 2
S et up S i m u l a ti o n Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 5
S et up M o ti o n W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 12
S et up C h a n n e l s W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 13
S et up I /O Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 14
S V P RN Se l e c ti o n F u n c ti o n Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 15
S V P RN Ed i t Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 16
Rout e F u n c ti o n W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 18
Rout e Ed i t S to re d Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 20
Rout e Ed i t E d i t W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 21
W ay poin t F u n c ti o n W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 23
W ay poin t E d i t W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 25
W ay poin t E d i t E d i t W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 26
G P S Rec e i v e r W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 27
M aint ena n c e M e n u . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 29
Calibr at i o n Pa s s w o rd Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 30
Diagnos ti c s F u n c ti o n W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 31
F ile A lm a n a c s F u n c ti o n Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 32
F ile Rou te s F u n c ti o n Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 33
F ile S et t i n g s F u n c ti o n Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 34
F ile T r aj e c to ry F u n c ti o n W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 35

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


1
K m l W in d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 36
W ay poin t W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 38
S y s t em M e n u . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 39
G P S G - 1 0 0 0 R F C o n n e c ti o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1
S V P RN Si n g l e S V S e l e c ti o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 10
S im ulat i o n F u n c ti o n W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 11
T T F F v s . Si g n a l S tre n g th . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 13
G lobal SV T ra c k s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 17
B at t er y R e p l a c e m e n t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 2
US B P orts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 3
T ex t f ile s d i s p l a y e d o n U SB M e m o ry D evi ce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 4
M aint ena n c e M e n u . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 7
Calibr at i o n Pa s s w o rd Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 8
Diagnos ti c s F u n c ti o n W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 9
S y s t em M e n u . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 10
O pt ions F u n c ti o n Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 11
S y s t em C o n fi g u ra ti o n - S ta tu s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 12
S y s t em C o n fi g u ra ti o n - H a rd w a re . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 13
S y s t em C o n fi g u ra ti o n – U I Op ti o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 15
S y s t em C o n fi g u ra ti o n – N e tw o rk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 16
S y s t em C o n fi g u ra ti o n – D a te /T i me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 17
G P S S y s te m Se g me n ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 2
G P S S at e l l i te . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 3
G P S S at e l l i te Orb i ta l Pl a n e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 3
G P S S V Bl o c k Sc h e m a ti c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 4
G P S S V Si g n a l D a ta Stru c tu re . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 4
G P S M o n i to r S ta ti o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 5
G P S Nav i g a ti o n D a ta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 6
G P S A lm a n a c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 7
S at ellit e R e l a ti v e P o s i ti o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 8
G P S Rec e i v e d S i g n a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 9
G P S Rec e i v e d S i g n a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 9
G P S Cod e C o rre l a ti o n P ro c e s s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 10
G P S Nav D a ta R e c o v e r b y M o d u o 2 A ddi ti on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 10
G P S S ig n a l A fte r D e -s p re a d i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 11
G P S S ub fra me H a n d -Ov e r W o rd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 12
G P S P s e u d o R a n g e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 13
G P S P s e u d o R a n g e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 14
T r iangul a ti o n u s i n g o n e k n o w n p o i nt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 14
T r iangul a ti o n u s i n g tw o k n o w n p o i nt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 15
T r iangul a ti o n u s i n g th re e k n o w n p oi nt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 15
T r iangul a ti o n u s i n g tw o k n o w n p o i nts i n 3D space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 15

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


2
T r iangul a ti o n u s i n g th re e k n o w n p oi nts i n 3D space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 16
M ult ipath D e l a y s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 16
A t m os ph e ri c D e l a y s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 17
G P S v . U T C T i m e F o rm a t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 19
S B A S C o v e ra g e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 21
G P S M o d e rn i z a ti o n S i g n a l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 24
G alileo S a te l l i te (GIOV E T e s t SV ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 28
E t her net Pi n -Ou t D i a g ra m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A - 1
US B Hos t 1 P i n -Ou t D i a g ra m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A - 1
US B Hos t 2 P i n -Ou t D i a g ra m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A - 2
US B O T G Pi n -Ou t D i a g ra m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A - 2
DC P owe r C o n n e c to r Pi n -Ou t D i a g ram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A - 2
A UX Con n e c to r Pi n -Ou t D i a g ra m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A - 3
W ay poin t S c re e n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C - 1
W ay poin t E d i t S c re e n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C - 2
W ay poin t E d i t, W a y p o i n t D a ta Sc re en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C - 2
New W a y p o i n t L i s t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C - 3
F ile W ay p o i n ts Sc re e n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C - 3
W ay poin t E x p o rt S u c c e s s fu l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C - 4
F ile W ay p o i n ts Sc re e n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C - 5
US B I m p o rt W a rn i n g Po p -u p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C - 6
W ay poin t Imp o rt S u c c e s s fu l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C - 6
F ile Loca ti o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D - 1
Rout e Pa g e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D - 5
M ain M e n u . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E - 1
M ain M e n u s , L o w e r Se c ti o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E - 2
G P S RX P a g e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E - 2
G P S RX P a g e w i th 3 d F i x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E - 3
G P S RX P a g e , R e c o rd i n g T ra j e c to ry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E - 3
F ile P ag e , T ra j e c to ry F i l e Sa v e d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E - 4
F ile P ag e , T ra j e c to ry L o a d e d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E - 4
S et up P a g e , T ra j e c to ry Se tu p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E - 5
S im ulat i o n P a g e , T ra j e c to ry F i l e R unni ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E - 5
T r ajec t o ry S i mu l a ti o n C o m p l e te . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E - 6
F ile Loca ti o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F - 1

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3
T H IS P AGE IN TE N TION A LLY LE FT B LA N K .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


4
C h a p te r 1 - De s c rip t io n

1.1 IN T R OD U C T ION

F i g . 1 -1 The A erofl ex GP S G-1000

1 .1.1 Sc ope
Type of Manual: Op e ra ti o n Manual
Equipment Name and Model Number: GP S G-1000 GP S /Gal i l eo P osi ti onal S i mu lat or
Equipment Uses: Satellite constellation simulator for testing GPS and Galileo receivers.

1 .1.2 Nomenc lature Cros s -Re fe r e n c e L i s t


Common Name Official Nomenclature
GP SG-1 0 0 0 , T e s t Se t o r U n i t GP S G-1000 GP S /Gal i l eo P osi ti onal S i mul ator

1.2 EQ U IP ME N T C A P A BILITIES AND FEATURES


T h e GP SG-1 0 0 0 i s a s i n g l e carri er si mul ator, desi gned to be use d for portabl e o r bench
te s ti n g i n th e GPS /Ga l i l e o R ecei ver testi ng envi ronment. The GP S G-1000 has a t welve
c h a n n e l c o n fi g u ra ti o n w i th upgradabl e softw are. The si mul ator p rovi des GP S l egacy and
mo d e rn i z a ti o n s i g n a l s a s w el l as Gal i l eo si gnal s. S i mul taneous GP S and Gal i l eo
o p e ra ti o n i s p ro v i d e d . T h e GP S G-1000 si mul ates stati c or dynami c 3D posi ti ons .
T h e GP SG-1 0 0 0 a n d s u p p l i ed accessori es are stored i n a hard pl a sti c transi t case.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


1 - 1
D escr iption

1 .2.1 Capa bilitie s


T h e GP SG-1 0 0 0 p ro v i d e s u sers w i th the fol l ow i ng standard capabi l i ti es:
• S e l e c ta b l e s i n g l e c arri er
• T w e l v e c h a n n e l c o nfi gurati on
• GP S S i g n a l s S i mu l a ted - L1, L1C , L2C , L5
• Ga l i l e o Si g n a l s Si m ul ated – E 1, E 5 (E 5a, E 5b)
• S i mu l ta n e o u s GP S/Gal i l eo si mul ati on
• S BA S S a te l l i te s Si m ul ated – W A A S /E GN OS L1, L5
• R F Po rt D C i s o l a ti o n for di rect connect to any recei ver
• A n te n n a c o u p l e r
• L a rg e 1 2 ” to u c h s c r een w i th si mpl e user i nterface
• R e m o te c o n tro l i n terface LA N
• A u to Al m a n a c L o a d vi a bui l t i n GP S R ecei ver

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


1 - 2
D escr iption

1 .2.2 F e a tures
• S y s te m Sc re e n
• S V S e l e c ti o n T a b l e di spl ays S V Geometry for R A IM testi ng
• P ro g ra m m a b l e S V P arametri cs and H eal th
• S ta ti c o r M u l ti -l e g D ynami c P osi ti onal S i mul ati on vi a W aypoi nt E ntry S ys t em
• R e c e i v e r N M EA Bu s Interface
• R e c e i v e r A R IN C 4 2 9 Interface

1 .2.3 Utilities
• S o ftw a re U p g ra d e
• W a y p o i n t D a ta Ba s e
• Op e ra ti o n a l S ta tu s
• S e tu p

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


1 - 3
D escr iption

T H IS P AGE IN TE N TION A LLY LE FT B LA N K .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


1 - 4
C h a p t e r 2 - T e s t Se t Op e ra t io n

2.1 IN T R OD U C T ION
T h i s c h a p te r re fe rs to l o c a l operati on of a GP S G-1000 confi gure d w i th factory def ault
s e tti n g s u n l e s s s p e c i fi e d o t herw i se. N ew Test S ets are confi gu red to start i n the f act or y
d e fa u l t s e tti n g . R e v i e w In s tal l ati on and P ow er R equi rements be fore usi ng the Test Set .

2.2 PO WE R R E QU IR E M ENTS
2 .2.1 Power
T h e GP SG-1 0 0 0 i s p o w e re d by an i nternal Li thi um Ion B attery. Th e battery charging
c i rc u i t e n a b l e s th e o p e ra to r to recharge the battery anyti me th e uni t i s connected t o t he
D C p o w e r s u p p l y . T h e GP SG-1000 can operate conti nuousl y uti l i zi ng the D C power
s u p p l y . T h e i n te rn a l b a tte ry i s equi pped to pow er the GP S G-1000 for four hours of
c o n ti n u o u s u s e .

2 .2.2 AC P ower Re quire men ts


T h e D C Po w e r Su p p l y s u p p l i ed w i th the GP S G-1000 operates over a vol tage rang e of 100
to 2 5 0 V AC a t 4 7 to 6 3 H z . The battery charger operates w heneve r D C P ow er (1 1 t o 32
V d c ) i s a p p l i e d to th e T e s t S et w i th the suppl i ed D C P ow er S upp l y or a sui tabl e DC power
s o u rc e .

N OT E: If th e s u p p l y v o l ta ge i s < 11V , the uni t w i l l sw i tch to i ntern al battery. If t he


v o l ta g e i s > 3 2 V, a 7 A MP resettabl e fuse on the D C i nput port w i l l open,
p ro te c ti n g th e T e s t S et.

W h e n c h a rg i n g , th e b a tte ry reaches a 100% charge i n approxi mate l y four hours. The


B a tte ry C h a rg e te m p e ra tu re range i s > -10° to < 60° C , control l ed by an i nternal bat t er y
c h a rg e r.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


2 - 1
Oper ation

2 .2.3 Battery Re c harging U s i n g G P S G -1 0 0 0


STEP PROCEDURE

1. C o n n e c t A C L i n e C abl e to A C P W R C onnector on the A C A daptor a nd an


appropriate AC power source.
2. C o n n e c t th e A C A d a ptor D C output to the D C P OW E R C onnector on the G PSG -
1000.
3. V e ri fy th e BA T T ER Y i ndi cator di spl ays bl i nki ng green.
4. A l l o w fo u r h o u rs fo r battery charge or unti l the B A TTE R Y Indi cator di spl a ys a
s te a d y g re e n .

B A T T E R Y L ED IN D IC A TOR S

B a tte r y Vo lta g e L ow (red)


T h e u n i t tu rn s o ff w i thi n one mi nute w /o charger.
B a tte r y Pr e -C h a r g i ng (fl ashi ng yel l ow )
T ri c k l e c h a rg e d u ri ng extremel y l ow vol tage on the battery.
B a tte r y C h a r g in g ( fl ashi ng green)
C h a rg e i n p ro g re s s .
B a tte r y F u lly C h a r ged (green)
B a tte r y T e m p e r a tur e E xtr em e (bl ue)
T e mp e ra tu re < 0 ° C or > 45° C can’ t charge battery.
B a tte r y Er r o r (re d )
T h e u n i t h a s a p ro b l em w i th the battery or chargi ng system.
B a tte r y M is s in g (o ff)
A C a p p l i e d w /o b a tt ery i n pl ace.
B a tte r y Su s p e n d e d C har ge (fl ashi ng red)
AC applied with battery charging suspended.

2 .2.4 Battery Re c harging U s i n g Ba tte r y Cr a d l e


STEP PROCEDURE

1. C o n n e c t A C L i n e C abl e to A C P W R C onnector on the A C A daptor a nd an


a p p ro p ri a te AC p o wer source.
2. C o n n e c t th e A C A d a ptor D C output to the D C P OW E R C onnector on the Bat t er y
C ra d l e .
3. A l l o w fo u r h o u rs fo r battery to charge.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


2 - 2
Oper ation

2.3 IN S T A L L A T ION
2 .3.1 Ve ntila tion Re quire m e n ts
T h e GP SG-1 0 0 0 i s c o n v e c t i on cool ed vi a the encl osure case. A vo i d standi ng th e
in s tru me n t o n o r c l o s e to o ther equi pment that i s hot.

2 .3.2 Benc h Top Ins tallatio n


T h e T e s t Se t c a n b e p o s i ti oned i n fl at or ti l ted posi ti on by ut i l i zi ng the bui l t i n sc r een
c o v e r/s ta n d w h e n u s e d i n a bench top envi ronment (Fi g. 2-1).

T O AV OID D AMA GE T O TOU C H S C R E E N , D O N OT S TA C K OTH E R E QU IP MENT


ON T OP OF T H E T ES T S E T.

F i g . 2 -1 G P S G-1000 S creen C over/S tand

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


2 - 3
Oper ation

2.4 CON T R O L S A N D C ONNECTORS


2 .4.1 Front Panel Controls

F i g . 2 -2 Front P anel C ontrol s

C o n tr o l D escr iption

Po we r ON /OF F T h e P o w er On/Off B utton i s used to pow er the Test S et on and


o ff.

System LED P o we r e d On (green)


In d i c a te s the uni t i s i n an operati onal status.

F a ilu r e (red)
S o m e fo r m of fai l ure has occurred w hi ch precl udes usi ng the
d i s p l a y to i ndi cate the probl em (e.g. mai n processor fai l ure,
p o w e r s uppl y faul t, etc.).

B o o t (b l inki ng bl ue)
U n i t i s b ooti ng and i s not yet abl e to i ndi cate status on the
d i s p l a y (duri ng i ni ti al OS and appl i cati on l oad).

Off/S ta ndby (orange)


Unit is off, but power is supplied to the power supply from the
A C p o w e r suppl y.

Off w/o E xter nal S upply (off)


U n i t i s o ff, no external pow er suppl i ed.

H o m e B u tto n Pre s s i n g and hol di ng the H ome B utton for 5 sec sets the
b a c k l i g h t to maxi mum bri ghtness.

L ig h t S e n s o r Monitors the ambient light and adjusts the display brightness.


T h e l i g h t sensor i s not operati onal at thi s ti me. C urrentl y the
d i s p l a y bri ghtness must be set manual l y.

M a g n e tic Se n s o r D e te c ts i f the di spl ay cover i s open or cl osed and used to turn


o ff th e d i spl ay as part of pow er management.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


2 - 4
Oper ation

C o n tr o l D escr iption

Battery LED B a tte r y V oltage Low (red)


T h e u n i t turns off w i thi n one mi nute w i thout charger

B a tte r y P r e-C har ge (fl ashi ng yel l ow )


T ri c k l e c harge duri ng extremel y l ow vol tage on the battery.

B a tte r y C har ging (fl ashi ng green)


C h a rg e i n progress

B a tte r y Fully C har ged (green)

B a tte r y Tem per atur e E xtr em e (bl ue)


T e m p e ra ture < 0 o C or > 45 o C can’ t charge battery

B a tte r y E r r or (red)
Pro b l e m w i th the battery or chargi ng system.

B a tte r y Missing (Off)


AC a p p l i e d w i thout battery i n pl ace.

B a tte r y S uspended C har ge (fl ashi ng R ed)


AC a p p l i e d w / battery chargi ng suspended

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


2 - 5
Oper ation

2 .4.2 Rear P ane l Controls a n d Co n n e c to r s

F i g . 2 -3 T e s t S e t R ear P anel C ontrol s and C onnectors

C o n n e c to r D escr iption

U SB H o s t 1 U S B s ta n dard connecti on that al l ow s connecti on of U S B


d e v i c e s ( e.g. a U S B memory sti ck or N etw ork connectors).
R e c o m m e nded U S B memory devi ce i s V IA V I S ol uti ons P N
67325.

U SB H o s t 2 U S B s ta n dard connecti on that al l ow s connecti on of U S B


d e v i c e s ( e.g. a U S B memory sti ck or N etw ork connectors).
R e c o m m e nded U S B memory devi ce i s V IA V I S ol uti ons P N
67325.

U S B OT G U SB On The Go, for future expansi on.

GPS R x A n t Ex te rn a l A ntenna connecti on for Test S et i nternal GP S


re c e i v e r.

G P S T x D ir e c t R F o u tp u t for di rect connecti on to recei ver under test. A C


c o u p l e d , Maxi mum D C 50 V .

G P S T x C o u p le r R F o u tp u t for connecti on to A ntenna C oupl er.

R EF In The 10MHz In (5V p-p Max) Connector, is a BNC connection, used to


10MHz connect the Test Set to an external frequency standard, providing a TTL
signal.

R E F Ou t T h e 1 0 M Hz Out (1.5V p-p N om) C onnector, i s a B N C


1 0 MH z c o n n e c ti on, provi di ng an output of the i nternal 10MH z
re fe re n c e Osci l l ator.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


2 - 6
Oper ation

E th e r n e t S ta n d a rd B ase T R J45 connecti on.


T h i s c o n n ecti on can be used for softw are upgrades and for
re mo te o perati on.

Aux 2 6 p i n D type, provi di ng a 3.3 V D C LV TTL tri gger i nput and 3.3
VD C L V TTL tri gger output, and a 1P P S TTL L1 C /A code frame
s y n c o u tp ut. R S -232 transmi tter connecti on provi des an N ME A
s e n te n c e output, the content of w hi ch corresponds to the
o u tp u t o f the TX D i rect and C oupl er output ports. The N ME A
s e n te n c e s outputted on the R S -232 port i ncl ude GGA , R MC
a n d GSV . A R IN C 429 I/O provi des expansi on capabi l i ty for the
fu tu re .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


2 - 7
Oper ation

2.5 OP E R A T IN G P R OC EDURES
2 .5.1 Powe r ON Te s t S e t
A fte r c o mp l e ti n g In i ti a l In s tal l ati on, perform the fol l ow i ng st eps to Turn On the Test Set :

STEP PROCEDURE

1. P re s s On /Off Bu tto n on Front P anel to pow er on Test S et.


2. T h e P o w e r U p w i n d o w i s di spl ayed w hen the uni t i s fi rst pow er ed on or a f t er
F a c to ry D e fa u l ts h a ve been restored.
.

F i g . 2-4 P ow er U p W i ndow

2 .5.2 Powe r OFF Test S et


P e rfo rm th e fo l l o w i n g s te p s to pow er off the Test S et:

STEP PROCEDURE

1. P re s s On /Off B u tto n on Front P anel to pow er dow n the Test S et, then press O K t o
c o n fi rm.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


2 - 8
Oper ation

2.6 US E R IN T E R F A C E COM PONENTS


T h e T e s t Se t U s e r In te rfa c e (U I) i s a touch screen control pane l that provi des a f lexible
w o rk i n g e n v i ro n m e n t fo r a l l users. The U I uses maxi mi zed Funct i on W i ndow s i .e. one
fu n c ti o n w i n d o w o c c u p i e s t he enti re screen area. The Test S et U ser Interface (UI ) is
n a v i g a te d l o c a l l y u s i n g th e Front P anel Touch S creen

2 .6.1 L a unc h Bar


T h e L a u n c h Ba r i s a v e rti c al scrol l i ng menu l ocated at the l eft si de of the U ser Int er f ace.
T h e L a u n c h Ba r p ro v i d e s a ccess to the Functi on Icons as show n i n Fi g. 2-5. The m enu
mu s t b e o p e n e d to a c c e s s the Functi on Icons. The Launch B ar i s opened and closed by
to u c h i n g o r c l i c k i n g o n th e l i ght gray bar at the l eft si de the menu.

F i g . 2 -5 Launch B ar - Open/C l ose Tab

W h e n th e L a u n c h Ba r i s o pened, i t appears i n front of any S i mul ati on Functi on Windows


c u rre n tl y o c c u p y i n g th a t a r ea of the di spl ay. The Launch B ar c an be cl osed to v iew t he
c o m p l e te S i mu l a ti o n F u n c tion W i ndow .

F i g . 2 -6 L a u n c h B ar and S i mul ati on Functi on W i ndow

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


2 - 9
Oper ation

2 .6.2 L a unc h Bar Na v iga tio n


T h e a rro w s o n th e to p a n d b ottom of the Launch B ar are used to scrol l the Function I cons
Up and down.

2 .6.3 F unc tion Ke y s


T h e L a u n c h Ba r c o n s i s ts o f keys that i denti fy functi ons i nstal l ed on the Test S et.

F ig. 2-7 Functi on K eys

2 .6.4 F unc tion W indows


F u n c ti o n W i n d o w s p ro v i d e vi sual access to the Test S et’ s contro l parameters and
d i s p l a y e d d a ta .

F u n c tio n H ow to

O pe n in g /C lo s in g F u n c ti o n W i ndow s are opened by sel ecti ng the Functi on Icon


F u n c tio n Win d o ws fro m th e Launch B ar. Functi on W i ndow s are cl osed by
s e l e c ti n g the bl ue ci rcl e i con at the bottom of the w i ndow or b y
s e l e c ti n g the Functi on Icon on the Launch B ar.

F i g . 2-8 Functi on W i ndow

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


2 - 10
Oper ation

2 .6.5 F unc tion W indow Ico n s


F u n c ti o n W i n d o w s u s e th e fol l ow i ng i cons to i ndi cate vari ous fu ncti ons or states:

IC ON D E S C R IP TION

C l o s e s the Functi on W i ndow w hi l e l eavi ng the functi on i n the


A c ti v e S t ate.

Ma x i mi z es Functi on W i ndow and opens S tatus B ars.

Mi n i mi z e s Functi on W i ndow and cl oses S tatus B ars.

S e l e c ts the next tab l eft or ri ght. D i spl ays a gray background


w h e n n o addi ti onal tabs are avai l abl e to the l eft or to the ri g ht.

D i s p l a y s R unni ng and a green ci rcl e w hen the si mul ati on i s


ru n n i n g .

D i s p l a y s R eady and a gray ci rcl e w hen the si mul ati on i s


s to p p e d .

D i s p l a y s remai ni ng battery capaci ty i n % .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


2 - 11
Oper ation

2.7 DE F IN IN G P A R A METERS
2 .7.1 Ente ring Nume ric V alu e s
N u m e ri c v a l u e s a re u s e d to defi ne a vari ety of test parameters such as frequenc y and
le v e l . Wh e n a n u me ri c d a ta fi el d i s sel ected for edi ti ng, a gr oup of data entry pop- up
w i n d o w s i s l a u n c h e d w h i c h provi des the fol l ow i ng methods for de fi ni ng the val ue:

2 .7.2 Numeric Keypa d a nd S l i d e r Ba r


T h e N u m e ri c Ke y p a d a l l o w s the user to enter a speci fi c numeri c val ue. A val ue i s ent er ed
b y p re s s i n g th e n u mb e rs o n the keypad. The val ue i s enabl ed pre ssi ng the uni t of
me a s u re m e n t o n th e N u me ri c K eypad.

F i g . 2-9 N umeri c K eypad

Ic o n D escr iption

P re s s i n g C ancel voi ds any entered changes and cl oses the


g ro u p o f data entry pop-up w i ndow s.

P re s s i n g C l ear resets a numeri c val ue to 0.

P re s s i n g B ackspace del etes the l ast di gi t i n the numeri c val ue.

P re s s i n g N ext V al ue S el ecti on repl aces the N umeri c K eypad


w i th th e Sl ew D ata B ar. P ress agai n and the N umeri c K eypad
a p p e a rs .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


2 - 12
Oper ation

2 .7.3 Data S le w Bar


T h e D a ta Sl e w B a r i n c re m e ntal l y sel ects speci fi c data val ues by spi nni ng the w heel.
S e l e c ti n g x 1 0 i n c re a s e s th e step i ncrement by a factor of 10. S el ecti ng /10 decr eases
th e s te p i n c re m e n t b y a fa ctor of 10.

S e l e c t U P a rro w to i n c re a s e data val ue. S el ect D OW N arrow to de crease data value.


S e l e c t C A N C EL to v o i d d a ta entry.

S e l e c ti n g E n te r c l o s e s th e D ata S l ew B ar.

F i g . 2-10 D ata S l ew B ar

2 .7.4 Drop-down Menus


D ro p -d o w n Me n u s a re u s e d to l i st pre-defi ned vari abl es. S el ecti ng a D rop-dow n M enu
o p e n s th e l i s t o f v a ri a b l e s avai l abl e for that fi el d. The vari a bl e currentl y sel ecte d is
d i s p l a y e d o n th e me n u a s b ol d w hi te l abel on a bl ue background. D rop-dow n Menus can
b e d ra g g e d u p a n d d o w n o n the di spl ay i n order to vi ew l ong l i s ts.

F i g . 2-11 D rop-dow n Menu

2 .7.5 Se lecta ble Units


S o m e fi e l d s ma y h a v e s e l e ctabl e uni ts. For those fi el ds i denti f i ed, sel ect the unit s f ield
a n d a d ro p -d o w n m e n u w i l l be di spl ayed.

F i g . 2-12 S el ectabl e U ni ts

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


2 - 13
Oper ation

2 .7.6 L ocked Fields


A s m a l l p a d l o c k s y mb o l ma y be di spl ayed agai nst certai n fi el ds i ndi cati ng that the f ield is
lo c k e d a n d m a y n o t b e e d i t ed or accessed. The altitude field shown is locked due to the fact that a
simulation is running, or the simulation mode has been set to dynamic mode. The field will become unlocked
when the simulation is stopped or is in static mode.

F i g. 2-13 Locked Fi el d

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


2 - 14
Oper ation

T H IS P AGE IN TE N TION A LLY LE FT B LA N K .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


2 - 15
C h a p t e r 3 - T e s t Se t F u n c t io n s

3.1 IN T R OD U C T ION
T h i s c h a p te r p ro v i d e s a n o perati onal descri pti on of standard si mul ator functi ons .

3.2 TE S T S E T F U N C T IONS
3 .2.1 Simulation Function Window
T h e S i mu l a ti o n F u n c ti o n W i ndow i s used to di spl ay the sel ected GP S Gal i l eo an d SBAS
S V P R N ’ s , Vi s i b l e S V’ s , c a rri er, and P V T (posi ti on, vel oci ty an d ti me). The S i mulat ion
F u n c ti o n W i n d o w a l s o c o n t rol s stati c posi ti on and al ti tude.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 1
Testing

F i g . 3 -1 Si m u l ati on Functi on W i ndow (GP S S tati c)

F i g . 3 -2 Si m u l a ti on Functi on W i ndow (Gal i l eo S tati c)

F i g . 3 -3 Si m u l ati on Functi on W i ndow (S B A S S tati c)

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 2
Testing

Control Component Description

Latitude In c re m e n tal D ata E ntry: Lati tude entered i n deci mal format
E x a mp l e : 37 o 39.0000N (37 degrees, 39.0000 mi nutes N orth)
Sign: N or S
N OT E: Thi s fi el d i s l ocked w hen S IMU LA TION = D Y N A MIC or
T R AJ EC TOR Y .

Longitude In c re m e n tal D ata E ntry: Longi tude entered i n deci mal format
E x a mp l e : 97 o 26.0000E (97 degrees, 26.0000 mi nutes E ast)
Sign: E or W
N OT E: Thi s fi el d i s l ocked w hen S IMU LA TION = D Y N A MIC or
T R AJ EC TOR Y .

Altitude N u m e ri c P ad: A l ti tude: 0 to 100,000 ft i n 1 ft steps or 0 to


1 8 ,2 8 8 M i n 1 M steps
N OT E: Thi s fi el d i s l ocked w hen S IMU LA TION = D Y N A MIC or
T R AJ EC TOR Y .

RF Level N u m e ri c P ad: R F l evel entered as -68 to -130 dB m i n C oupl er


mo d e o r -93 to -155 dB m i n D i rect mode.
N OT E: T he l i sted R F Level setti ngs are assumi ng 0 dB m
s e tti n g s f or C oupl er Loss, C oupl er C abl e and D i rect C abl e on
th e S e tu p I/O W i ndow . The R F Level entry w i ndow w i l l be
re d u c e d by the val ues entered for these setti ngs.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 3
Testing

Display Component Description

GPS SV PRN D i s p l a y s sel ected GP S S V P R N ’ s. R ange: 1 to 32

GAL SV PRN D i s p l a y s sel ected Gal i l eo S V P R N ’ s R ange: 1 to 36

SBAS D i s p l a y s S B A S S V P R N , status and S ystem.


E x a mp l e : 133:IN MA R S A T 4F3, A ME R

Visible SV’s D i s p l a y s the total number of GP S , Gal i l eo and S B A S S V ’ s


a v a i l a b l e i n the current si mul ati on scenari o.

Carrier D i s p l a y s sel ected carri er, dependent on GN S S and C arri er


s e l e c ti o n s i n S etup. N OTE : The GP S S ervi ces and Gal i l eo
S e rv i c e s are di spl ayed i n the S ervi ces fi el d.

GN SS System : GP S
C a rri e r: L1 GP S S ervi ces: C /A , P seudo P (Y )
C a rri e r: L1 no P (y) GP S S ervi ces: C /A
C a rri e r: L2 GP S S ervi ces: L2C , P seudo P (Y )
C a rri e r: L5 GP S S ervi ces: S oL

GN SS System : Galileo
C a rri e r: E 1 Gal i l eo S ervi ces: I/N A V , P seudo-G/N A V
C a rri e r: E 5 Gal i l eo S ervi ces: I/N A V , F/N A V
GN SS System : GP S /Galileo
C a rri e r: L1/E 1 GP S S ervi ces: C /A , P seudo P (Y )
Gal i l eo S ervi ces: I/N A V , P seudo-G/N A V
C a rri e r: L5/E 5 GP S S ervi ces: S oL
Gal i l eo S ervi ces: I/N A V , F/N A V

Services D i s p l a y s GN S S servi ce generated.

Current Sim. Date D i s p l a y s D ate i n D D /MM/Y Y Y Y format.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 4
Testing

Display Component Description

Speed D i s p l a y s speed i n MP H or K m/h w hen runni ng a dynami c or


tra j e c to ry si mul ati on, dependent on S peed setti ng on the
R o u te E d i t page.

Current Sim. Time D i s p l a y s Ti me i n 24 H r format H H /MM/S S .


N OT E : D i spl ayed i n uncorrected U TC ti me.

Elapsed Time D i s p l a y s el apsed ti me i n 24 H r format H H /MM/S S .

Altitude Rate D i s p l a y s A l ti tude R ate i n ft/mi n or m/mi n w hen runni ng a


d y n a m i c si mul ati on, dependent on A l ti tude R ate setti ng on the
R o u te Edi t page.

From D i s p l a y s name of starti ng w aypoi nt w hen runni ng a dynami c


s i m u l a ti o n, dependent on N ame entered on the R oute E di t
page.

To D i s p l a y s name of endi ng w aypoi nt w hen runni ng a dynami c


s i m u l a ti o n, dependent on N ame entered on the R oute E di t
page.

Distance To Go D i s p l a y s the D i stance To Go from the current si mul ated


p o s i ti o n to the endi ng w aypoi nt w hen runni ng a dynami c
s i m u l a ti o n.

Heading D i s p l a y s the si mul ated headi ng w hen runni ng a dynami c or


tra j e c to ry si mul ati on.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 5
Testing

3 .2.2 Setup Simulation Window


T h e S e tu p Si m u l a ti o n Wi n d ow i s used to confi gure the test set o perati onal param et er s.

F i g . 3 -4 S etup S i mul ati on W i ndow

Control Component Description

GN SS D ro p D o w n S el ecti ons:
GP S - Onl y GP S satel l i tes si mul ated.
Ga l i l e o - Onl y Gal i l eo satel l i tes si mul ated.
GP S+ Ga l i l eo - B oth GP S and Gal i l eo satel l i tes si mul ated, the
n u mb e r of S V ’ s per system i s dependent on the GN S S
A l l o c a ti o n (dual mode) setti ngs on the S etup C hannel s
Window.

C a r r ie r Drop down menu provi des sel ecti on of carri er, carri er i s
d e p e n d e nt on GN S S sel ecti on i n S etup.

D ro p D o w n S el ecti ons:
GP S - L 1, L1C , L2, L2C , L5, L1 no P (y)
Ga l i l e o - E 1, E 5, E 5A
GP S + Gal i l eo - L1/E 1, L5/E 5

S im u la tio n D ro p D o w n S el ecti ons:


S ta ti c - Si ngl e w aypoi nt entry fi xed posi ti on si mul ator.
D y n a mi c - P osi ti on si mul ati on i s dynami cal l y changi ng
a c c o rd i n g to parameter entri es i n R oute and W aypoi nt
W i n d o w s.
T ra j e c to ry - P osi ti on si mul ati on i s dynami cal l y changi ng
a c c o rd i n g to data read from an N ME A sentence fi l e l oaded
th ro u g h the Fi l e menu screen.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 6
Testing

Control Component Description

SBAS D ro p D o wn S el ecti ons:


AU T O - Automati c opti mi zed sel ecti on of S B A S satel l i te
(WA AS /EGN OS ) accordi ng to si mul ated posi ti on.
OF F - SB A S satel l i tes are turned OFF.

N OT E : Wi th A U TO sel ected onl y 5 or 11 GP S /Gal i l eo S V ’ s are


a v a i l a b l e . W i th OFF sel ected a ful l 6 or 12 GP S /Gal i l eo S V ’ s
a re a v a i l abl e.

N OT E : A ctual N umber of avai l abl e S V ’ s i s dependent on user


o p ti o n s .

N OT E : L ocati ons w i thout S B A S satel l i te coverage w i l l resul t i n


n o SB AS si gnal s bei ng generated i n some si mul ati ons, even
th o u g h SB A S S V si mul ati on has been enabl ed.

N OT E : A ccordi ng to the N ME A speci fi cati on, the numbers 33-


6 4 a re re served for S B A S satel l i tes. The offset from N ME A
SBAS SV ID to SBAS PRN is 87. For example, an SBAS PRN
n u m b e r o f 138 mi nus 87 resul ts i n an S V ID of 51. From the
p re c e d i n g exampl e, some recei vers w i l l report the ID of the S V
a s 1 3 8 , w hi l e some recei vers may report the ID as 51.

Dig ita l N o is e D ro p D o wn S el ecti ons:


Off - Wh en coupl i ng to the recei ver antenna.
On - Wh en connecti ng di rectl y to the recei ver, bypassi ng the
a n te n n a / LN A .

N OT E : A utomati cal l y set to OFF w hen R F P OR T = C OU P LE R .


Au to ma ti cal l y set to ON w hen R F P OR T = D IR E C T.

N OT E : U se of di gi tal noi se vi a antenna coupl er w i l l resul t i n


d e g ra d e d S V S i gnal to N oi se rati o and may cause recei ver to
l o o s e tra ck or not obtai n a stabl e fi x.

F a d in g D ro p D o wn S el ecti ons:
N o n e - S V si gnal ampl i tudes do not have fadi ng appl i ed.
Sta ti c - S V si gnal ampl i tudes have ampl i tude fadi ng appl i ed.
Pe d e s tri an - S V si gnal ampl i tudes have ampl i tude fadi ng
applied.
L a n d Ve hi cl e - S V si gnal ampl i tudes have ampl i tude fadi ng
applied.
Ai rc ra ft - S V si gnal ampl i tudes have ampl i tude fadi ng appl i ed.

N OT E : N one, P edestri an, Land V ehi cl e and A i rcraft ampl i tude


fa d i n g a re recommended for use i n D ynami c mode. N one and
Sta ti c a re recommended for use i n S tati c mode.

N OT E : S ee secti on 3.2.2.A for addi ti onal i nformati on on


F a d i n g a nd Mul ti path Impl ementati on.

PR N Sig n a l D ro p D o wn S el ecti ons:


F i x e d - Al l S V Level s are set to the ampl i tude sel ected i n the
R F L e v e l control component.
Va ri a b l e - E nsures the rel ati ve S V si gnal l evel s are set
p ro p o rti onal to the respecti ve pseudo ranges.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 7
Testing

Control Component Description

P o s itio n S o u r c e D ro p D o w n S el ecti ons:


U s e r - U s er entered posi ti on.
GP S - On board GP S recei ver deri ved posi ti on.

C lo c k D ro p d o wn sel ecti ons:


GP SR X - si mul ati on uses uncorrected GP S U TC ti me and date
i n c o n j u n cti on w i th l oaded al manac and ephemeri s data.
U SE R - s imul ati on uses U ser entered Ti me and D ate w hi ch
s e ts S V parameters agai nst l oaded al manac and ephemeri s.
IN T ER N A L - si mul ati on uses ti me and date that i s avai l abl e
fro m th e real ti me cl ock of the GP S G-1000.

D a te In c re me ntal D ata E ntry: D ate to be used duri ng si mul ati on.

T im e In c re m e n tal D ata E ntry: Ti me to be used duri ng si mul ati on.

N OT E: The appropri ate message content announci ng a future


l e a p s e c o nd event i s transmi tted w hen si mul ati on dates are
w i th i n a p eri od starti ng approxi matel y 60 days before the l eap
s e c o n d event. The appropri ate message content i s updated
w i th i n tw o hours after the l eap second event.

RF Level N u m e ri c P ad: R F l evel entered as -68 to -130 dB m i n C oupl er


mo d e o r -93 to -155 dB m i n D i rect mode.

N OT E: The l i sted R F Level setti ngs are assumi ng 0 dB m


s e tti n g s f or C oupl er Loss, C oupl er C abl e and D i rect C abl e on
th e S e tu p I/O W i ndow . The R F Level entry w i ndow w i l l be
re d u c e d by the val ues entered for these setti ngs.

R F Po r t D ro p D o w n S el ecti ons:
D i re c t - G enerator uses GP S TX D IR E C T port.
C o u p l e r - Generator uses GP S TX C OU P LE R port.

U n its D ro p D o w n S el ecti ons:


Imp e ri a l - P arameters di spl ayed/entered i n Imperi al uni ts.
S I - Pa rameters di spl ayed/entered i n S I uni ts.
A e ro /Im p eri al - P arameters di spl ayed/entered i n Imperi al
u n i ts , s p e ed i s di spl ay/entered i n knots.
A e ro /SI - P arameters di spl ayed/entered i n S I uni ts, speed i s
d i s p l a y e d/entered i n knots.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 8
Testing

Control Component Description

M otio n M o d e l D ro p D o w n S el ecti ons:


P e d e s tri a n
A u to m o b i l e
Ma ri n e
L o w Pe rformance A i rcraft
H i g h P e r formance A i rcraft
C u s to m
U n l i m i te d

T h e v e l o ci ty and accel erati on l i mi ts used duri ng dynami c


s i mu l a ti on mode w i l l be based on the i tem chosen i n the
d ro p d o w n sel ecti on menu. The val ues of the vel oci ty and
a c c e l e ra t i on can be vi ew ed usi ng the Moti on tab on the
S e tu p M o ti on page.

N OT E: D uri ng traj ectory si mul ati ons the unl i mi ted moti on
mo d e l v el oci ty and accel erati on l i mi ts are used.

L at / L o n g F o r m a t D ro p D o w n S el ecti ons:
D D .D D o
D D o M M .M M'
DDoMM' SS"

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 9
Testing

3 .2.2.A F a ding and Multipa th Mo d e l I m p l e m e n ta ti o n


T h e GP SG-1 0 0 0 fi rm w a re i mpl ements i ndependent mul ti path model s for each sa t ellit e
c h a n n e l . E a c h c h a n n e l s u p ports a tw o-state (good/bad) R i ci an fa di ng model w i th
in d e p e n d e n tl y c o n fi g u ra b l e fadi ng and shadow i ng i n each state. Thi s underl yi ng m odel
c a n a l s o b e s i m p l i fi e d to s u pport a R ayl ei gh fadi ng model .

In R i c i a n fa d i n g th e p o w e r of the recei ved si gnal vari es as the domi nant l i ne-of- sight
c o m p o n e n t i s p a rti a l l y c a n cel l ed by del ayed refl ecti ons of i tse l f, parti cul arl y w hen t he
d e l a y s e x p e ri e n c e d b y th e refl ected rays are ti me-varyi ng.

In R a y l e i g h fa d i n g th e p o w er of the recei ved si gnal vari es acco rdi ng to the R ayleigh


s ta ti s ti c a l d i s tri b u ti o n (i .e . as the radi al component of the s um of tw o uncorrel ated
Ga u s s i a n ra n d o m v a ri a b l e s). Thi s i s general l y consi dered as a g ood model for s cenar ios
w h e re th e s i g n a l h a s b e e n hi ghl y scattered and there i s no domi nant l i ne-of-si gh t
c o m p o n e n t. T h i s s i tu a ti o n typi cal l y occurs i n urban envi ronment s, and duri ng pro pagat ion
th ro u g h th e a tmo s p h e re .

S h a d o w i n g s i m u l a te s th e e ffect of occasi onal l y l osi ng the l i ne- of-si ght si gnal du e t o


o b s tru c ti o n o f th e s i g n a l b y nearby obj ects. Thi s can occur due to the moti on of t he
s a te l l i te a c ro s s th e s k y ta k i ng the apparent posi ti on of satel l i te behi nd bui l di ngs of ot her
o b j e c ts , b u t i s ty p i c a l l y c a used by moti on of the user. The eff ect i s that the mul t ipat h
e n v i ro n me n t c a n b e d e s c ri bed as a tw o state system, w i th di ffer ent behavi or i n th e “ good”
o r n o n -o b s tru c te d s ta te a n d “bad” or obstructed state.

F a d i n g i s m o d e l l e d a s b e i n g uncorrel ated betw een satel l i tes and frequenci es, wher eas
s h a d o w i n g i n u n c o rre l a te d betw een satel l i tes, but correl ated ac ross frequenci es.

T h e re i s n o s u p p o rt fo r s i m ul ati ng mul ti path ray del ay i n the c urrent fi rmw are, s o t he


mo d e l i s b e s t c o n s i d e re d a s si mul ati ng a very compl ex mul ti path envi ronment wit h m any
mu l ti p a th ra y s a n d n o n e d omi nant.

T h e GP SG-1 0 0 0 fi rm w a re model s the l i ne-of-si ght component as ha vi ng 0 dB power , wit h


th e p o w e r o f th e m u l ti p a th components rel ati ve to thi s l evel .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 10
Testing

T h e mu l ti p a th e n v i ro n me n ts currentl y i mpl emented i n the GP S G-10 00 are show n in t he


fo l l o w i n g ta b l e :

M U L T IP A T H D E S C R IP TION
MOD EL

None N o Fadi ng or mul ti path effects are si mul ated.

Sta tic 2 0 d B R i ce factor.


0 .0 2 5 H z fadi ng bandw i dth.
N o S hadow i ng.

Pe d e s tr ia n U n blocked “good” state:


1 1 .9 dB R i ce factor.
4 0 s mean ti me i n state.

B lo cked “bad” state:


5 .9 dB R i ce factor.
1 0 s mean ti me i n state.
5 d B attenuati on.

F a d i ng bandw i dth 0.5 H z.


Sh adow i ng bandw i dth 1 H z.
Sh adow i ng vari ati on 2 dB (1σ).

Land U n blocked “good” state:


1 3 .2 dB R i ce factor.
9 s mean ti me i n state.

B lo cked “bad” state:


7 .2 dB R i ce factor.
1 s mean ti me i n state.
1 0 d B attenuati on.

F a d i ng bandw i dth 7.3 H z.


Sh adow i ng bandw i dth 2 H z.
Sh adow i ng vari ati on 2 dB (1σ).

A e r o n a u tic a l 2 0 .2 dB R i ce factor.
F a di ng bandw i dth 0.01 H z.
N o S hadow i ng.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 11
Testing

T h e GP SG-1 0 0 0 s o ftw a re i n cl udes pre-defi ned confi gurati ons for several represent at ive
mu l ti p a th e n v i ro n me n ts s e l ectabl e i n the S i mul ati on W i ndow ’ s Fa di ng fi el d. Thes e
e n v i ro n me n ts a re :

• N ON E - N o fa d i n g o r mul ti path effects are si mul ated.


• S T AT IC - R e p re s e n tati ve of the envi ronment for a stati c recei ve r w i th cl ear view
o f th e s k y .
• P ED ES T R IA N - R e p resentati ve of a pedestri an i n an urban envi ron ment.
• L A N D - R e p re s e n ta t i ve of a l and vehi cl e i n a rural envi ronment.
• A ER ON A U T IA C A L - R epresentati ve of the envi ronment experi enced b y a f lying
a i rc ra ft.

It s h o u l d b e n o te d th a t th e real envi ronments can change dramat i cal l y accordi ng t o t im e-


o f-d a y s a te l l i te g e o m e try , recei ver l ocati on, and recei ver moti on. The pre-defi ned
e n v i ro n me n ts c a n th e re fo re onl y be consi dered as representati ve of w hat mi ght be
e x p e ri e n c e d b y a re c e i v e r in such an envi ronment.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 12
Testing

3 .2.3 Setup Motion Window


T h e S e tu p M o ti o n W i n d o w i s used to sel ect the moti on model l i mi ts to be used i n a
d y n a m i c s i m u l a ti o n .

F i g . 3 -5 S etup Moti on W i ndow

Control Component Description

Cu rren t Mo tio n Mo d e l D ro p d o wn sel ecti ons:


P e d e s tri a n
A u to m o b i l e
Ma ri n e
L o w Pe rformance A i rcraft
H i g h P e r formance A i rcraft
C u s to m
U n l i m i te d

Ma x im u m N u m e ri c P ad: Logi tudi nal A ccel erati on entered i n ei ther feet/


L o n g itu d in a l s e c o n d ^ 2 w i th a maxi mum of 328.083 ft/s^2, or i n meters/
Ac c e le r a tio n s e c o n d ^ 2 w i th a maxi mum of
1 0 0 m/s ^ 2.

Ma x im u m N u m e ri c P ad: N ormal A ccel erati on entered i n ei ther feet/


Normal s e c o n d ^ 2 w i th a maxi mum of 328.083 ft/s^2, or i n meters/
Ac c e le r a tio n s e c o n d ^ 2 w i th a maxi mum of
1 0 0 m/s ^ 2.

M a x im u m N u m e ri c P ad: Maxi mum V el oci ty entered i n ei ther mi l es per


Ve lo c ity h o u r w i th a maxi mum of 1150.782 mph, ki l ometers per hour
w i th a maxi mum of
1 8 5 2 k m / h, or knots w i th a maxi mum of 999 kts.

D e fa u lts R e tu rn s t he edi ted val ues on the S etup Moti on W i ndow to thei r
d e fa u l t v al ues.

Display Component Description

Maximum M a x i m u m bank angl e cal cul ated for the body i n moti on based
Bank Angle o n a c o o rdi nated turn. N ote that a non-coordi nated turn i s
a s s u m e d for pedestri an, automoti ve and mari ne bodi es i n
m o ti o n , so no maxi mum bank angl e i s di spl ayed.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 13
Testing

3 .2.4 Setup Channels Window


The Setup Channels Window is used to configure the total SV’s a vailable in a simulation
a n d i n a d u a l m o d e s i m u l a ti on to al l ocate the number of S V ’ s us ed for GP S , Galileo and
SB AS .

F i g . 3 - 6 S etup C hannel s W i ndow

Control Component Description

GNSS SVs N u m e ri c P ad: S ets the total number of GN S S system S V ' s.


T h e to ta l number of GN S S and S B A S S V s cannot exceed 6 on
a 6 c h a n n el uni t, or 12 on a 12 channel uni t.

GPS SV’s N u m e ri c P ad: S ets the total number of GP S S V ’ s avai l abl e for
s i mu l a ti on. R ange 1 - 6 (6 C h) or 1 - 12 (12 C h) S V ’ s. Total
GP S, Ga l i l eo and S B A S S V ’ s can not exceed 6 (6 C h) or 12
(1 2 C h ) SV ’ s. Onl y used duri ng GP S + Gal i l eo dual mode
s i mu l a ti on.

Galileo SV’s N u m e ri c P ad: S ets the total number of Gal i l eo S V ’ s avai l abl e
fo r s i m u l ati on. R ange 1 - 6 (6 C h) or 1 - 12 (12 C h) S V ’ s. Tota l
GP S, Ga l i l eo and S B A S S V ’ s can not exceed 6 (6 C h) or 12
(1 2 C h ) SV ’ s. Onl y used duri ng GP S + Gal i l eo dual mode
s i mu l a ti on.

SBAS SV’s N u m e ri c P ad: S ets the total number of S B A S S V ’ s avai l abl e for
s i mu l a ti on. R ange 0 - 4 S V ’ s. Total GP S , Gal i l eo and S B A S
S V’ s c a n not exceed 6 (6 C h) or 12 (12 C h) S V ’ s. Onl y used
d u ri n g GPS + Gal i l eo dual mode si mul ati on.

Default S e ts th e al l ocated S V ’ s to defaul t val ues of GP S S V ’ s = 3 (6


C h ) o r 6 (12 C h), Gal i l eo S V ’ s = 3 (6 C h) or 6 (12 C h) and
S BA S S V’ s = 0.

Display Component Description

Available Channels Displays the total number of available channels. 6 channels for standard unit
or 12 channels if option 1 is installed.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 14
Testing

3 .2.5 Setup I/O Window


T h e S e tu p I/O W i n d o w i s u sed to confi gure the test set Loss and Input/Output oper at ional
p a ra me te rs .

F i g . 3-7 S etup I/O W i ndow

Control Component Description

Co u p le r L o s s N u me ri c P ad: A ntenna C oupl er i nserti on l oss i n dB . R ange: 0


to 4 0 d B

Co u p le r C a b le N u m e ri c P ad: A ntenna C oupl er R F coax cabl e l oss i n dB .


R a n g e : 0 to 12 dB .
N OT E: If usi ng ei ther the D ual , or Tri pl e GP S A ntenna C oupl er
K i ts p l e a se see the i nstructi ons for the appropri ate ki t i n ei t her
Ap p e n d i x G or H to determi ne the l oss val ue to enter i n thi s
c o n tro l c omponent.

Dir e c t C a b le N u me ri c P ad: D i rect R F coax cabl e l oss i n dB . R ange: 0 to 12


d B.
N OT E : If usi ng the opti onal GP S R ecei ver Termi nati on K i t see
th e i n s tru cti ons for enteri ng the appropri ate di rect cabl e l oss
v a l u e fo r the components i n A ppendi x I.

Ex t R e f Ou t D ro p D o wn S el ecti ons:
ON - E x ternal reference output ON .
OF F - External reference output OFF.

Ref e r e n c e So u r c e D ro p D o w n S el ecti ons:


IN T - In te rnal 10 MH z TC X O.
E XT - E x ternal 10 MH z i nput.

T r ig g e r D ro p D o w n S el ecti ons:
A u to - Si mul ati on w i l l run i mmedi atel y after the run button i s
p re s s e d .
E x te rn a l - S i mul ati on w i l l run once the external tri gger l i ne
to g g l e s from a 3.3 LV TTL l ow l evel to a hi gh l evel .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 15
Testing

3 .2.6 SV PRN Selection Function Window


T h e S V P R N Se l e c ti o n F u n cti on W i ndow al l ow s the user to sel ect speci fi c GP S / G alileo
S V’ s fo r e d i ti n g . T h e a v a i l abl e S V ’ s, accordi ng to the currentl y l oaded al manac and UTC,
a re d i s p l a y e d i n tw o ta b l e s . One tabl e for GP S S V ’ s and one tab l e for Gal i l eo S V’s. The
ta b l e s d i s p l a y th e S V P R N number, satel l i te geometry and heal th . The satel l i tes select ed
d e te rmi n e th e a c c u ra c y o f t he posi ti onal si mul ati on. S V ’ s w hi ch are currentl y being use
a re d i s p l a y e d i n g re e n te x t and S V ’ s w hi ch are avai l abl e for us e, but not currently being
u s e d a re d i s p l a y e d i n w h i te text.

F i g . 3 -8 S V P R N S el ecti on Functi on W i ndow

Display Component Description

S e le c t D i s p l a y s S V status On or Off.

SV D i s p l a y s S V number. R ange GP S : 1 to 32, GA L: 1 to 36.

Elevation D i s p l a y s S V E l evati on i n degrees. R ange: 0 to 90 deg.

Azimuth D i s p l a y s S V A zi muth i n degrees. R ange 0 to + /-180 deg.

Health D i s p l a y s S V H eal th GOOD or B A D .

Reset R e tu rn s i tems edi ted on the S V P R N E di t W i ndow to thei r


d e fa u l t v al ues.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 16
Testing

3 .2.7 SV P RN E dit Window


T h e S V P R N Ed i t Wi n d o w opens w hen an S V l i ne i s sel ected i n ei t her the GP S or G AL
ta b l e s , d i s p l a y e d i n th e SV P R N S el ecti on Functi on W i ndow . The S V P R N E di t Window
a l l o w s th e u s e r to s e t p a ra m eters speci fi c to the S V such as D o ppl er S tep, P seudo Range
S te p Erro r, C a rri e r C o h e re n ce, S atel l i te H eal th and A mpl i tude o ffset.

F i g . 3-9 S V P R N E di t W i ndow

Control Component Description

Se le c t D ro p d o w n sel ecti ons:


On - T u rn s S V on
Off - T u rn s S V off
R e p l a c e - Opens S V sel ect w i ndow . To repl ace current S V ,
h i g h l i g h t desi red S V and press A ppl y.

Do p p le r E r r o r N u me ri c P ad: S ets S V D oppl er shi ft + /- 5K H z i n 1H z


i n c re m e n ts.
N OT E : D oppl er shi ft for each S V i s appl i ed dynami cal l y
th ro u g h o ut the si mul ati on run ti me. Thi s parameter i ntroduces
a s te p c h ange i n D oppl er (used for R A IM testi ng).

Am p . Offs e t N u m e ri c P ad: S ets S V carri er ampl i tude offset from nomi nal
+ 1 5 d B to -15dB i n .1dB i ncrements. N OTE : If P R N S i gnal i s
s e t to Vari abl e - S V ampl i tudes are set accordi ng to S V
g e o me try and R F Level setti ng. If set to Fi xed - equal S V
a mp l i tu d es are set.

D u r a tio n N u m e ri c P ad: S ets the durati on i n ti me for w hi ch the D oppl er


e rro r w i l l be appl i ed to the S V si gnal output.

S te p Er r o r N u m e ri c P ad: S ets S V pseudo range error + /- 1000m i n .001 m


i n c re me nts or + /- 3280.839 ft i n .001 ft i ncrements.

Co d e /C a r r ie r N u m e ri c P ad: S ets frequency vari ati on betw een S V code


Coherence c a rri e rs 2 m/S range i n 1mm/S i ncrements or 6.561 ft/S range
i n .0 0 1 ft /S i ncrements.

S at e llite H e a lth D ro p d o wn: A l l ow s sel ecti on of GOOD or B A D . (C arri ed i n GP S


N a v D a ta )
N OT E: Not di spl ayed for Gal i l eo S V ’ s

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 17
Testing

Control Component Description

G A L In te g r ity A l l o w s s e l ecti on of C ON N E C TE D or D IS C ON N E C TE D (C arri ed


i n Ga l i l e o N av D ata). Onl y di spl ayed i n Gal i l eo S V ’ s.
N OT E: N ot di spl ayed for GP S S V ’ s

Cancel C a n c e l p arameter change, reverts to previ ous setti ng

A p p ly A p p l i e s parameter change

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 18
Testing

3 .2.8 Route Func tion W ind o w


T h e R o u te F u n c ti o n Wi n d o w i s used to organi ze and confi gure the w aypoi nts us ed in a
d y n a m i c s i m u l a ti o n . U p to 9,999 w aypoi nts may be used i n a dyna mi c si mul ati on . The
R o u te F u n c ti o n Wi n d o w i s al so used to l oad saved routes, manage routes and validat e
ro u te s .

F i g . 3 -10 R oute Functi on W i ndow

Control Component Description

Load Op e n s F ind R oute W i ndow to l oad a saved route. H i ghl i ght the
s a v e d ro u te and press Open. The route name w i l l be di spl ayed
i n th e R o ute w i ndow .

Manage Op e n s M anage R outes W i ndow to save, rename or del ete a


ro u te . H i ghl i ght route and press D el ete to del ete a route.
P re s s Save to save the current route. H i ghl i ght route and then
p re s s o n the Fi l e N ame W i ndow to rename a route.

V al id a te R o u te Va l i d a te s the current route to l et the user know i f there are a ny


ro u te e rr ors. W hen V al i date R oute i s pressed the route i s
c h e c k e d and i f no errors are found no error message i s
d i s p l a y e d , how ever i f any errors are detected an “E rror(s)
fo u n d i n route” message i s di spl ayed al ong w i th a descri pti on
o f th e e rr or.

L o o p On L o o p OF F L o o p ON w i l l force the body i n moti on to travel from the l ast


route point to the first route point which will effectively cre ate
a n e n d l e s s l oop al ong the route. Loop OFF w i l l stop the body
i n m o ti o n once i t has reached the l ast route poi nt i n the route .

C le a r A ll W h e n s e lected thi s w i l l cl ear al l of the i nformati on from the


c u rre n t ro ute enabl i ng the user to enter a new seri es of route
p o i n ts w ithout havi ng to perform a number of del etes.
d e s c ri p ti on of Loop and C l ear buttons

Add Op e n s Stored W aypoi nts W i ndow . To add a w aypoi nt to the


ro u te , h i g hl i ght the route and press N ext to di spl ay the R oute
E d i t W i n d ow .

D e le te D e l e te s t he sel ected w aypoi nt from the route.

Ed it Op e n s the R oute E di t W i ndow to edi t the sel ected w aypoi nt.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 19
Testing

Control Component Description

Move Up Mo v e s the hi ghl i ghted w aypoi nt up i n the l i st of w aypoi nts.

Mo v e D o wn Mo v e s the hi ghl i ghted w aypoi nt dow n i n the l i st of w aypoi nts.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 20
Testing

3.2.9 Route Edit Stored Window


T h e R o u te Ed i t Sto re d W i n d ow i s used to di spl ay al l stored w ayp oi nts.

F i g . 3 -1 1 R oute E di t S tored W i ndow

Control Component Description

So r te d B y D ro p d o wn sel ecti ons: C ode, N ame, C i ty, C ountry, Lati tude,


L o n g i tu d e and A l ti tude.

Cancel C l o s e s the R oute E di t S tored W i ndow and returns to the R oute


Window.

Next Op e n s th e R oute E di t W i ndow for confi gurati on of the


h i g h l i g h te d w aypoi nt.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 21
Testing

3.2.10 Route Edit Edit Window


T h e R o u te Ed i t Ed i t Wi n d o w i s used to confi gure i ndi vi dual w ayp oi nts, i ncl udi ng t he
A l ti tu d e R a te , S p e e d , Ac c el erati on and Turn R adi us used duri ng dynami c si mul a t ions.

F i g . 3 -12 R oute E di t E di t W i ndow

Control Component Description

Name Alpha Numeric Pad: Allows editing of selected waypoint name.

L a titu d e N u m e ri c P ad: Lati tude entered i n deci mal format


E x a mp l e : 37 o 39.0000N (37 degrees, 39.0000 mi nutes N orth)
Sign: N or S.

L o n g itu d e N u m e ri c P ad: Longi tude entered i n deci mal format


E x a mp l e : 97 o 26.0000E (97 degrees, 26.0000 mi nutes E ast)
Sign: E or W.

A ltitu d e N u m e ri c P ad: A l ti tude: 0 to 100,000 ft i n 1 ft steps or 0 to


1 8 ,2 8 8 M i n 1 M steps.

T u r n R a d iu s N u m e ri c P ad: Turn R adi us: 3.281 to 328,084 ft i n .001 ft steps


o r 1 to 1 00,000 m i n .001 m steps.
N OT E: To cal cul ate the mi ni mum turni ng radi us of the body i n
mo ti o n , t he fol l ow i ng cal cul ati on can be performed usi ng the
i n d i v i d u al speed and accel erati on of each route poi nt.

S peed (squared) m/s


T u rn R a d i us = ----------------------------
A ccel erati on m/s/s
N OT E: The separati on betw een w aypoi nts shoul d be greater
th a n fo u r ti mes the turni ng radi us betw een the w aypoi nts.

Ac c e le r a tio n N u m e ri c P ad: A ccel erati on: + /-328.084 ft/s^2 i n .001 ft/s^2


s te p s o r + /- 100 m/s^2 i n .001 m/s^2 steps.

Speed N u m e ri c P ad: S peed: 0 to 1150.000 Mph i n .001 Mph steps or


0 to 1 8 5 0.745 K m/h i n .001 K m/h steps.

Al t itu d e R a te N u m e ri c P ad: A l ti tude R ate: + /-5,905 ft/mi n i n .001 ft/mi n


s te p s o r + /-1800 m/mi n i n .001 m/mi n steps.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 22
Testing

Control Component Description

Cancel C l o s e s the R oute E di t E di t W i ndow and returns to the R oute


Window.

Done C l o s e s the R oute E di t E di t W i ndow and returns to the R oute


Window.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 23
Testing

3 .2.11 Waypoint Function Window


T h e W a y p o i n t F u n c ti o n W i n dow i s used to confi gure the w aypoi nts that compri se a 3D
N a v i g a ti o n s i mu l a ti o n .

F i g . 3 -1 3 W aypoi nt Functi on W i ndow

Control Component Description

So r te d B y D ro p d o w n sel ecti ons: C ode, IC A O C ode, N ame, C i ty, C ountry,


L a ti tu d e , Longi tude, A l ti tude.

Add Op e n s W aypoi nt E di t W i ndow , so that a new w aypoi nt may be


c re a te d .

D e le te D e l e te s sel ected w aypoi nt.


N OT E : A l l ow approxi matel y 15 seconds for the sel ected
w a y p o i n t to be del eted after pressi ng D el ete.
N OT E : P ermanent w aypoi nts can’ t be del eted.

Edit Op e n s Waypoi nt E di t W i ndow for edi ti ng of sel ected w aypoi nt.

Use Op e n s the S i mul ati on W i ndow and l oads the Lati tude,
L o n g i tu d e and A l ti tude from the sel ected w aypoi nt. U sed i n a
Sta ti c s i mul ati on onl y.
N OT E : T hi s fi el d i s l ocked w hen S IMU LA TION = D Y N A MIC .

D e fa u lts D e l e te s a l l user entered w aypoi nts from GP S G-1000.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 24
Testing

Display Component Description

Code D i s p l a y s W aypoi nt C ode.

Name D i s p l a y s W aypoi nt N ame.

City D i s p l a y s W aypoi nt C i ty.

Country D i s p l a y s W aypoi nt C ountry.

Latitude D i s p l a y s W aypoi nt Lati tude i n deci mal format. E xampl e:


3 7 o 3 9 .0 000N (37 degrees, 39.0000 mi nutes N orth) S i gn: N or
S.

Longitude D i s p l a y s W aypoi nt Longi tude i n deci mal format. E xampl e:


9 7 o 2 6 .0 000E (97 degrees, 26.0000 mi nutes E ast) S i gn: E or
W.

Altitude D i s p l a y s A l ti tude 0 to 100,000 ft i n 1 ft steps.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 25
Testing

3 .2.12 Waypoint Edit Stored Window


T h e W a y p o i n t E d i t S to re d Wi ndow i s used to di spl ay the C urrent S tored W aypoint s.
W a y p o i n ts c a n b e s e l e c te d from a tabl e, to be edi ted on the W ay poi nt E di t E di t Window.

F i g . 3 -14 W aypoi nt E di t W i ndow

Control Component Description

Sorted by D ro p d o w n sel ecti ons: C ode, N ame, C i ty, C ountry, Lati tude,
L o n g i tu d e and A l ti tude.

Cancel C a n c e l s W aypoi nt edi ts, cl oses W aypoi nt E di t W i ndow and


re v e rts to W aypoi nt W i ndow .

Next Op e n s Waypoi nt E di t E di t W i ndow .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 26
Testing

3 .2.13 Waypoint Edit Edit Window


T h e Wa y p o i n t E d i t Ed i t W i n dow i s used to make changes to a sel e cted w aypoi nt or cr eat e
a n e w w a y p o i n t. W a y p o i n ts may be sel ected from a tabl e on the W aypoi nt W i ndow or
W a y p o i n t E d i t S to re d Wi n d ow . P ermanent w aypoi nts can’ t be edi te d.

F i g . 3 -1 5 W aypoi nt E di t E di t W i ndow

Control Component Description

Code A l p h a N u meri c P ad: E nter or change w aypoi nt C ode.

ICAO Code A l p h a N u meri c P ad: E nter or change w aypoi nt IC A O C ode.

Name Al p h a N umeri c P ad: E nter or change w aypoi nt N ame.

City Al p h a N umeri c P ad: E nter or change w aypoi nt C i ty.

Country A l p h a N u meri c P ad: E nter or change w aypoi nt C ountry.

Latitude In c re m e n tal D ata E ntry: E nter or change w aypoi nt Lati tude i n


d e c i ma l f ormat. E xampl e: 37 o 39.0000N (37 degrees, 39.0000
mi n u te s N orth) S i gn: N or S .

Longitude In c re m e n tal D ata E ntry: E nter or change w aypoi nt Longi tude i n


d e c i ma l f ormat. E xampl e: 97 o 26.0000E (97 degrees, 26.0000
mi n u te s E ast) S i gn: E or W .

Altitude N u me ri c P ad: E nter or change w aypoi nt A l ti tude 0 to 100,000


ft i n 1 ft steps.

Cancel C a n c e l s W aypoi nt edi ts, cl oses W aypoi nt E di t W i ndow and


o p e n s W aypoi nt W i ndow .

Done C l o s e s Waypoi nt E di t W i ndow and opens W aypoi nt W i ndow ,


s a v i n g the edi ted w aypoi nt i nto the W aypoi nt Li st.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 27
Testing

3 .2.14 GP S RX Func tion W in d o w


T h e In te rn a l GPS R e c e i v e r may be used to obtai n a current A l man ac, l ocati on and UTC
fo r u s e i n s i mu l a ti o n s . T h i s removes the requi rement for a peri odi c manual yuma t ext
fo rma t a l m a n a c (* .a l m ), d o wnl oad from the U .S . C oast Guard w ebs i te and subse quent
u p l o a d to th e GPS G-1 0 0 0 m emory.

W h e n te s ti n g a GP S re c e i ver, i f the si mul ated posi ti on i s too f ar from the l ast ac quir ed
p o s i ti o n o r th e s i m u l a te d ti m e and date are to far from the l as t acqui red ti me and dat e t he
re c e i v e r w i l l i n i ti a te a w a rm start w hi ch, dependant on recei ve r type, w i l l take l onger t han
a h o t s ta rt to a c q u i re a p o s i ti on fi x. A s the l ast l ocati on w ou l d l i kel y be the curre nt
p o s i ti o n , th e l a ti tu d e a n d l ongi tude from the i nternal GP S rece i ver may be used by t he
s i mu l a ti o n , w h i c h w o u l d th e n al l ow the recei ver under test to h ot start.

F i g . 3 - 16 GP S R ecei ver W i ndow

Control Component Description

G P S R e c e iv e r S e l e c ts i nternal GP S recei ver.

L o ad A lm a n a c fr o m L o a d s a l manac from i nternal GP S recei ver. D ow nl oad status i s


GP S R x d i s p l a y e d i n the A l manac S tatus di spl ay w i ndow .

N o te : It m ay take up to 20 mi nutes for the data from the fi rst


S V to b e dow nl oaded, and i t may take up to 30 mi nutes to
c o m p l e te a dow nl oad of al manac data from the enti re GP S
c o n s te l l ati on

G P S R e c e iv e r R e s e t In i ti a te s a C ol d B oot of the i nternal GP S recei ver.

Reco r d T r a je c to r y W h e n a c t i vated thi s control begi ns recordi ng traj ectory data


p ro d u c e d by the i nternal recei ver. The recordi ng w i l l conti nue
u n ti l th e S top R ecordi ng button i s pressed. The data w i l l be
s to re d i n a fi l e w i th the fol l ow i ng nami ng conventi on
MMD D Y YY Y _H H MMS S .nme w hen the stop recordi ng button i s
p re s s e d .

N OT E: T h e R ecord Traj ectory functi on shoul d onl y be i ni ti ated


o n c e a 3 D fi x has been achi eved by the recei ver.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 28
Testing

Display Component Description

Cu rre n t D a ta /T im e D i s p l a y s the current date and U TC ti me recei ved by the


i n te rn a l GP S R ecei ver.

P os itio n F ix In d i c a te s N o P osi ti on Fi x, 2D S ol uti on or 3D S ol uti on

L a titu d e W a y p o i n t Lati tude i n deci mal format.


E x a mp l e : 37 o 39.0000N (37 degrees, 39.0000 mi nutes N orth)
Sign: N or S.

L o n g itu d e W a y p o i n t Longi tude i n deci mal format.


E x a mp l e : 97 o 26.0000E (97 degrees, 26.0000 mi nutes E ast)
Sign: E or W.

A ltitu d e D i s p l a y s A l ti tude as determi ned by the i nternal GP S recei ver.

Speed D i s p l a y s S peed as determi ned by the i nternal GP S recei ver.

Al m a n a c Sta tu s In d i c a te s current w eek and status of the A l manac bei ng


re c e i v e d by the i nternal GP S recei ver.

Activ e Sa te llite D i s p l a y s S V ’ s i n vi ew .

SNR GP S R e c ei ver S N R fi gure.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 29
Testing

3 .2.15 Mainte nanc e Func tio n Wi n d o w


S e l e c ti n g th e Ma i n te n a n c e i con from the Launch B ar Menu w i l l di spl ay the Mai ntenance
s u b -m e n u . T h e M a i n te n a n ce sub-menu contai ns the C al i brati on and D i agnosti cs icons.

F i g . 3-17 Mai ntenance Menu

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 30
Testing

3 .2.16 Calibration Function Window


S e l e c ti n g C a l i b ra ti o n fro m the Mai ntenance sub-menu w i l l di spl a y the C al i brati on
P a s s w o rd E n try W i n d o w . T he C al i brati on Functi on W i ndow i s passw ord protecte d.
C o n ta c t V IAV I So l u ti o n s fo r the defaul t passw ord. E nter the pas sw ord to open th e
C a l i b ra ti o n F u n c ti o n W i n d o w . S ee C hapter 5 - Mai ntenance for de tai l s.

F i g . 3 -1 8 C al i brati on P assw ord W i ndow

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 31
Testing

3 .2.17 Diagnostics Function Window


S e l e c ti n g D i a g n o s ti c s fro m the Mai ntenance sub-menu w i l l di spl a y the D i agnostics
F u n c ti o n W i n d o w . S e e C h a pter 5 - Mai ntenance for detai l s.

F i g . 3 -1 9 D i agnosti cs Functi on W i ndow

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 32
Testing

3 .2.18 F ile Alma nacs Functi o n Wi n d o w


T h e F i l e A l ma n a c s F u n c ti o n W i ndow i s used to manage the A l manac fi l es stored in t he
GP SG-1 0 0 0 a n d to ma n a g e the A l manac fi l e used duri ng the si mul a ti on.

N OT E: On l y th e al manac used for GP S si mul ati ons can be updated, t he


Ga l i l e o al manac i s fi xed and cannot be modi fi ed.

F i g . 3 -2 0 Fi l e A l manacs Functi on W i ndow

Co n t r o l C o m p o n e n t D escr iption

L o a d A lm a n a c Op e n s th e Load A l manac W i ndow . S el ect A l manac fi l e and


p re s s Open to l oad A l manac fi l e for use i n GP S si mul ati ons.
S e l e c te d fi l e name w i l l be di spl ayed i n the C urrent A l manac
F i l e W i n d ow .

M an a g e A lm a n a c s Op e n s th e Manage A l manacs W i ndow . P ress S ave to save the


C u rre n t Al manac Fi l e to the A l manac fi l e l i st. To del ete a
s a v e d A l manac fi l e, sel ect A l manac fi l e from l i st and press
D e l e te .

GP S R x Op e n s th e GP S R x page and begi ns an al manac dow nl oad


fro m th e GP S constel l ati on.

D e fa u lt L o a d s th e defaul t system al manac for use.


T h e d e fa ul t al manac i s from GP S w eek 574,
d a te d A u g. 22, 2010.

Cl ea r A lm a n a c s D e l e te s ALL user created al manac fi l es stored i n the uni t.

I mp o r t fr o m U S B C o p i e s a l manac fi l es from a U S B dri ve to the i nternal storage


a re a o f GP S G-1000.

E xpo r t to U SB C o p i e s a l l al manac fi l es from the i nternal storage area of


GP SG-1 000 to a U S B dri ve.

Di sp l a y C o m p o n e n t D escr iption

Cu rren t A lm a n a c F ile D i s p l a y s the fi l e name of the A l manac fi l e currentl y used for


GP S s i mul ati ons.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 33
Testing

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 34
Testing

3 .2.19 F ile Routes Function Wi n d o w


T h e F i l e R o u te s F u n c ti o n W i ndow i s used to manage the R oute fi l es stored i n th e G PSG -
1 0 0 0 a n d to ma n a g e th e R o ute fi l e used duri ng a dynami c si mul at i on.

F i g . 3 -2 1 Fi l e R outes Functi on W i ndow

Co n t r o l C o m p o n e n t D escr iption

L o a d R o u te Op e n s th e Load R oute W i ndow . S el ect R oute fi l e and press


Op e n to l oad R oute fi l e for use i n dynami c si mul ati on.
S e l e c te d fi l e name w i l l be di spl ayed i n the C urrent R oute Fi l e
Window.

M ana g e R o u te s Op e n s the Manage R outes W i ndow . P ress S ave to save the


C u rre n t R oute Fi l e to the R oute fi l e l i st. To del ete a saved
R o u te fi l e, sel ect R oute fi l e from l i st and press D el ete.

L o a d D e fa u lt L o a d s th e defaul t route fi l e.

Cle a r R o u te s D e l e te s ALL route fi l es stored i n the uni t.

I mp o r t fr o m U S B C o p i e s ro ute fi l es from a U S B dri ve to the i nternal storage


a re a o f GP S G-1000.

E xpo r t to U SB C o p i e s a l l route fi l es from the i nternal storage area of


GP SG-1 000 to a U S B dri ve.

Di sp l a y C o m p o n e n t D escr iption

Cu rre n t R o u te F ile D i s p l a y s the fi l e name of the R oute fi l e currentl y used for


d y n a m i c si mul ati ons.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 35
Testing

3 .2.20 F ile S ettings Func tio n Wi n d o w


T h e F i l e S e tti n g s F u n c ti o n W i ndow i s used to manage the S etti ng s fi l es stored i n t he
GP SG-1 0 0 0 a n d to ma n a g e the C urrent S etti ngs Fi l e.

F i g . 3 -2 2 Fi l e S etti ngs Functi on W i ndow

Co n t r o l C o m p o n e n t D escr iption

L o a d S e ttin g s Op e n s th e Load S etti ngs W i ndow . S el ect S etti ngs fi l e and


p re s s Open to l oad S etti ngs fi l e for setup of the uni t. S el ecte d
fi l e n a m e w i l l be di spl ayed i n the C urrent S etti ngs Fi l e
Wi n d o w .

M ana g e S e ttin g s Op e n s the Manage S etti ngs W i ndow . P ress S ave to save the
C u rre n t Setti ngs Fi l e to the S etti ngs fi l e l i st. To del ete a sa ved
Se tti n g s fi l e, sel ect S etti ngs fi l e from l i st and press D el ete.

L o a d D e fa u lt L o a d s fa c tory defaul t setti ngs.

Cl e a r Se ttin g s D e l e te s A LL setti ngs fi l es stored i n the uni t.

I mp o r t fr o m U SB C o p i e s setti ngs fi l es from a U S B dri ve to the i nternal storage


a re a o f G P S G-1000.

E xpo r t to U SB C o p i e s a l l setti ngs fi l es from the i nternal storage area of


GP SG-1 000 to a U S B dri ve.

Di sp l a y C o m p o n e n t D escr iption

Cu rren t S e ttin g s F ile D i s p l a y s the fi l e name of the setti ngs fi l e currentl y used to
s e tu p th e uni t.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 36
Testing

3 .2.21 F ile Traje c tory Funct i o n Wi n d o w


T h e F i l e T ra j e c to ry F u n c ti o n W i ndow i s used to manage the traj e ctory fi l es stored in t he
GP SG-1 0 0 0 a n d to l o a d th e traj ectory fi l e used duri ng a traj ect ory mode si mul at ion.

F i g . 3 -2 3 Fi l e Traj ectory Functi on W i ndow

Co n t r o l C o m p o n e n t D escr iption

L o a d T r a je c to r y L o a d s th e Traj ectory W i ndow . S el ect traj ectory fi l e and press


Op e n to l oad traj ectory fi l e for use i n traj ectory si mul ati on.
Se l e c te d fi l e name w i l l be di spl ayed i n the C urrent Traj ectory
F i l e Wi n d ow .

M an a g e T r a je c to r y Op e n s the Manage Traj ectory W i ndow . P ress S ave to save the


C u rre n t Traj ectory Fi l e to the traj ectory fi l e l i st. To del ete a
s a v e d tra j ectory fi l e, sel ect N ME A fi l e from l i st and press
D e l e te .

Cl ea r T r a je c to r y D e l e te s ALL traj ectory fi l es stored i n the uni t.

Def ault T r a je c to r y L o a d s th e defaul t system traj ectory fi l e for traj ectory mode
s i mu l a ti on pl ayback.

I mp o r t fr o m U SB C o p i e s traj ectory fi l es from a U S B dri ve to the i nternal storag e


a re a o f GP S G-1000.

E xpo r t to U SB C o p i e s a l l traj ectory fi l es from the i nternal storage area of


GP SG-1 000 to a U S B dri ve.

Di sp l a y C o m p o n e n t D escr iption

Cu rre n t T r a je c to r y D i s p l a y s the fi l e name of the traj ectory fi l e currentl y used fo r


F ile tra j e c to ry si mul ati on.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 37
Testing

3 .2.22 Kml Function Window


T h e K m l F u n c ti o n W i n d o w i s used to manage the K ml fi l es stored i n the GP S G-1 000 and
to ma n a g e th e K m l fi l e u s e d duri ng a traj ectory si mul ati on.

Fi g. 3-24 K ml W i ndow

Co n t r o l C o m p o n e n t D escr iption

Load Traj Op e n s th e Load K ml W i ndow s. S el ect a K ml fi l e and press


Op e n to l oad the K ml fi l e. S el ected fi l e name w i l l be di spl aye d
i n th e K m l Fi l e W i ndow . D uri ng the l oad process the l ati tude,
l o n g i tu d e and absol ute al ti tude data from the K ml fi l e, al ong
w i th th e M axi mum V el oci ty, C onversi on S ampl i ng R ate, and
M i n i m u m Turni ng R adi us from control components of the K ml
Window will be used to create a trajectory file 2stored in GDT
fo rm a t o n the uni t. The data l oaded onto the uni t duri ng the
c o n v e rs i o n of the K ml fi l e can be pl ayed as a traj ectory
s i m u l a ti o n.

L o a d R o u te Op e n s th e Load K ml W Indow . S el ect a K ml fi l e and press


Op e n . T he l ati tude, l ongi tude and absol ute al ti tude data from
th e K m l fi l e w i l l be i nserted onto the R oute page al ong w i th th e
M a x i m u m V el oci ty and Mi ni mum Turni ng R adi us from the K ml
Wi n d o w , and the A ccel erati on from the sel ected moti on model .
T h e d a ta l oaded onto the R oute page can then be pl ayed as a
d y n a mi c si mul ati on, al though further manual edi ti ng of the
ro u te d a t a may be necessary for proper pl ayback.

Cl e a r Se ttin g s D e l e te s A LL K ml fi l es stored i n the uni t.

I mp o r t fr o m U SB C o p i e s K ml fi l es from a U S B dri ve to the i nternal storage area


o f GPS G -1000.

E xpo r t to U SB C o p i e s a l l K ml fi l es from the i nternal storage area of


GP SG-1 000 to a U S B dri ve.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 38
Testing

Di sp l a y C o m p o n e n t D escr iption

Cu rren t S e ttin g s F ile D i s p l a y s the fi l e name of the K ml fi l e currentl y used to setup


th e u n i t.

M axi m u m Ve lo c ity 0 to 1 1 1 8 Mph or 0 to 1800 K m/h

Co n ver s io n Sa m p lin g 1, 2, 4, or 5 Hz
R a te

M i n i m u m T u r n in g 0 to 3 2 8 0 81 ft or 0 to 99999 m
R a d iu s

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 39
Testing

3 .2.23 Waypoint W indow


T h e W a y p o i n t W i n d o w i s u sed to manage the user entered w aypoi nt s stored i n
th e GP SG-1 0 0 0 .

F i g . 3-25 W aypoi nt W i ndow

Co n t r o l C o m p o n e n t D escr iption

Cl e a r S e ttin g s D e l e te s a l l user entered w aypoi nts stored i n the uni t.

I mp o r t fr o m U S B C o p i e s u ser entered w aypoi nts from a U S B dri ve to the


i n te rn a l storage area of GP S G-1000.

E xpo r t to U SB C o p i e s a l l user entered w aypoi nts from the i nternal storage


a re a o f GP S G-1000 to a U S B dri ve.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 40
Testing

3 .2.24 Sy s tem Func tion W in d o w


S e l e c ti n g th e S y s te m i c o n f rom the Launch B ar Menu w i l l di spl ay the S ystem su b- m enu.
T h e S y s te m s u b -me n u c o n t ai ns the Opti ons, S ystem C onfi gurati on and S ystem Updat e
ic o n s . Se e C h a p te r 5 - M a i ntenance for detai l s.

F ig. 3-26 S ystem Menu

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 41
Testing

T H IS P AGE IN TE N TION A LLY LE FT B LA N K .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


3 - 42
C h a p t e r 4 - T e s t in g GPS/ Ga lile o Re c e iv e rs

4.1 IN T R OD U C T ION
T h i s c h a p te r p ro v i d e s d e ta i l s of standard tests for GP S recei ve rs.

4 .1.1 Antenna Coupler Inst a l l a ti o n


P e rfo rm th e fo l l o w i n g s te p s to Instal l the A ntenna C oupl er

STEP PROCEDURE

1. E n s u re th e GP SG-1000 i s w i thi n 50 ft of the ai rcraft under te st GP S ante nna ( t op


fu s e l a g e ).
2. P l a c e th e Sh o t B a g w ei ght over the center secti on of the GP S A ntenna Coupler .
3. C o n n e c t th e 5 0 ft R F C oax C abl e to the GP S G-1000 C oupl er TX TN C con nect or .
4. P e rfo rm Se tu p p ro cedure 4.1.3
5. P l a c e th e An te n n a C oupl er over the GP S antenna on the top si d e of the air cr af t
fra me .

N OT E: In a d u a l o r tri p l e GP S system i nstal l ati ons, addi ti onal A nten na C oupl ers m ay be
u s e d v i a a p o w e r s p l i tter.

F i g . 4 -1 GP S G-1000 R F C onnecti on

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


4 -1
Testing

4 .1.2 Setup Basic Static Simulation


P e rfo rm th e fo l l o w i n g s te p s for S etup.

STEP PROCEDURE

1. P re s s P o we r On /Of f K ey for a mi ni mum of one second to pow er up test set .


2. S e l e c t L a u n c h B a r tab to di spl ay l aunch bar.
3. S e l e c t Se tu p fu n c ti o n key to di spl ay S etup W i ndow .
4. S e l e c t Sim u la tio n tab.
5. C o n fi rm th e fo l l o w i ng setti ngs and change as necessary.

GN SS :
GN SS = GPS
C a rri e r = L 1
S BA S = Off
S i mu l a ti o n = S ta ti c
D i g i ta l N o i s e = OF F – w hen coupl i ng to the recei ver antenna. ON – w hen
c o n n e c ti n g d i re c tl y to the recei ver, bypassi ng the antenna/LN A .
N OT E : U s e o f d i g i t al noi se vi a recei ver antenna, w i l l resul t i n degr aded SV
Si g n a l to N o i se rati o and may cause recei ver to l oose track or no t obt ain
a s ta b l e fi x .
Fading = None
PR N S i g n a l = F i x e d
Po s i ti o n So u rc e = User

Sim u la tio n S ta r t T i m e:
C l o c k = In te rn a l

R F Ou tp u t:
R F L e v e l = W h e n s e tti ng the output l evel of GP S generated si gna l , a sett ing of
-1 1 5 to -1 2 0 d B s h oul d be adequate for most recei vers. W hen di r ectl y co nnect ing
to a re c e i v e r, th e n omi nal gai n of the antenna shoul d be taken i nto consider at ion
a n d th e o u tp u t l e v e l of the GP S G-1000 adj usted accordi ngl y.
R F P o rt = C OU P L ER (i f usi ng antenna coupl er) or D IR E C T (di rect connec t t o G PS
U U T ).
U n i ts = Imp e ri a l

6. S e l e c t A lm a n a c ta b on the Fi l e page and press Load. S el ect an al manac f r om t he


l i s t o f a v a i l a b l e i te ms that has been obtai ned from the i nterna l GP S receiver , or
th e U .S. C o a s t Gu a rd N avi gati on w ebsi te that i s no more that 30 days old, and
th e n p re s s th e l o a d key.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


4 -2
Testing

STEP PROCEDURE

7. S e l e c t I/O ta b .

Loss:
C o u p l e r L o s s = F i g u re i n dB marked on A ntenna C oupl er.
C o u p l e r C a b l e = F i g ure i n dB marked on R F C oax C abl e.
D i re c t C a b l e = F i g u re i n dB marked on R F C oax C abl e.

In p u t/Ou tp u t:
E x t R e f Ou t = OF F
R e fe re n c e S o u rc e - IN T
T ri g g e r = Au to
8. S e l e c t Sim u la tio n Functi on K ey from the Launch B ar.
9. P e rfo rm th e fo l l o w i n g steps to compl ete S i mul ati on:

P VT :
L a ti tu d e = F o r Op ti onal entry of test Lati tude
L o n g i tu d e = F o r Op t i onal entry of test Longi tude
A l ti tu d e = F o r Op ti onal entry of test A l ti tude

10. Se l e c t R U N k e y to start si mul ati on.


11. S e l e c t ST OP k e y to di sconti nue si mul ati on.

N OT E: M o s t GP S re c e i v e rs expect A C TIV E antennas, thi s means they su ppl y a DC


v o l ta g e to th e a n te nna connector. The GP S G-1000 has bu i l t i n D C vol tag e
b l o c k i n g o n th e GP SG TX P ort.

GPS T X P OR T : A P P LIE D D C S H OU LD N OT E X C E E D + 50 V
CAUTI ON

N OT E: S o m e re c e i v e rs “s e nse” current draw on the D C suppl y to thei r acti ve an t enna.


If th e re i s n o c u rre nt draw n, they may assume that no antenna i s connec t ed.
In s u c h c a s e s , th e current draw must be si mul ated by some resi sti ve l oad and
p e rh a p s a s e ri e s i n ductor betw een the si gnal l i ne an d the ground. S uch a device
m a y n e e d to b e c u s tom bui l t, dependi ng on the recei v er requi rements.

N OT E: It i s re c o m m e n d e d t hat the recei ver under test i s “col d start ed” and a fre sh
a l m a n a c o b ta i n e d fr om the GP S G-1000 si mul ati on. Thi s process ma y tak e
s e v e ra l m i n u te s , d e pendent on speci fi c recei ver.

N OT E: S o m e re c e i v e rs w i l l not obtai n a stabl e fi x w hen usi ng a si mul a ti on ti me ear lier


th a n th e s e l e c te d a lmanac. General l y i t i s best to uti l i ze an a l manac that is dat ed
a t l e a s t o n e d a y b e f ore the si mul ati on date.
N OT E: It i s i mp o rta n t th a t the recei ver under test i s not abl e to re ceive signals from the
real GPS constellation as the pseudo-ephemris data of the simul ation is different
e n o u g h fro m th e re a l constel l ati on that the mi x of data can cau se probl em s wit h
th e re c e i v e rs p o s i ti onal cal cul ati on.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


4 -3
Testing

4 .1.3 Setup Basic Dynamic Simulation


P e rfo rm th e fo l l o w i n g s te p s for S etup:

STEP PROCEDURE

1. P re s s P o we r On /Of f key for a mi ni mum of one second to pow er up test set .


2. S e l e c t L a u n c h B a r tab to di spl ay l aunch bar.
3. S e l e c t Se tu p fu n c ti o n key to di spl ay S etup W i ndow .
4. S e l e c t Sim u la tio n tab.
5. C o n fi rm th e fo l l o w i ng setti ngs and change as necessary:

GN SS :
GN SS = GPS
C a rri e r = L 1
S BA S = Off
S i mu l a ti o n = D y n a mi c
D i g i ta l N o i s e = OF F w hen coupl i ng to the recei ver antenna. ON w hen con nect ing
d i re c tl y to th e re c e i ver, bypassi ng the antenna/LN A .
N OT E : U s e o f d i g i t al noi se vi a recei ver antenna, w i l l resul t i n degr aded SV
Si g n a l to N o i se rati o and may cause recei ver to l oose track or no t obt ain
a s ta b l e fi x .
Fading = None
PR N S i g n a l = F i x e d
Po s i ti o n So u rc e = User

Sim u la tio n S ta r t T i m e:
Clock = User
D a te = F o r o p ti o n a l entry of date
T i me = F o r o p ti o n a l entry of ti me

R F Ou tp u t:
R F L e v e l = W h e n s e tti ng the output l evel of GP S generated si gna l , a sett ing of
-1 1 5 to -1 2 0 d B s h oul d be adequate for most recei vers. W hen di r ectl y co nnect ing
to a re c e i v e r, th e n omi nal gai n of the antenna shoul d be taken i nto consider at ion
a n d th e o u tp u t l e v e l of the GP S G-1000 adj usted accordi ngl y.
R F P o rt = C OU P L ER (i f usi ng antenna coupl er) or D IR E C T (di rect connec t t o G PS
UUT)
U n i ts = Imp e ri a l

6. S e l e c t A lm a n a c ta b on the Fi l e page and press Load D efault.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


4 -4
Testing

STEP PROCEDURE

7. S e l e c t I/O ta b .

Loss:
C o u p l e r L o s s = F i g u re i n dB marked on A ntenna C oupl er
C o u p l e r C a b l e = F i g ure i n dB marked on R F C oax C abl e
D i re c t C a b l e = F i g u re i n dB marked on R F C oax C abl e

In p u t/Ou tp u t:
E x t R e f Ou t = OF F
R e fe re n c e S o u rc e = IN T
T ri g g e r = Au to

8. T o e n te r a ro u te , s e l ect R oute functi on key from the Launch B ar.


9. S e l e c t R o u te P o in t s A dd button.
10. S e l e c t a w a y p o i n t from the S tor ed W aypoints tabl e.
11. Se l e c t th e N e x t b u tton.
12. En te r th e d e s i re d i n formati on on the R oute P oint edi t page and press th e Done
b u tto n .
13. C o mp l e te e n te ri n g al l the R oute poi nts.
14. T o s a v e R o u te fo r future use sel ect R oute functi on key from the Launch Bar .
S e l e c t R o u te Ma n a ge button, then enter fi l e name on the Manage R outes popup
a n d p re s s S a v e.
15. S e l e c t Sim u la tio n tab.
16. S e l e c t R U N k e y to start si mul ati on.
17. S e l e c t S T OP k e y to stop si mul ati on.

N OT E : M o s t GPS re cei vers expect acti ve antennas. Thi s means they sup ply a DC
v o l ta g e to t he antenna connector. The GP S G-1000 has bui l t i n D C
v o l ta g e b l o cki ng on the GP S G TX P ort.

N OT E : S o m e re c e i v ers ‘ sense’ current draw on the D C suppl y to thei r a ct ive


a n te n n a . If there i s no current draw n, they may assume that no a nt enna
i s c o n n e c te d. In such cases, the current draw must be si mul ate d by som e
re s i s ti v e l o ad and perhaps a seri es i nductor betw een the si gna l line and
th e g ro u n d . S uch a devi ce may need to be custom bui l t, dependi n g on t he
re c e i v e r re q ui rements.

N OT E: It i s re c o m m ended that the recei ver under test i s ‘ col d starte d’ an d a f r esh
a l m a n a c o btai ned from the GP S G-1000 si mul ati on. Thi s process m ay
ta k e s e v e ra l mi nutes, dependent on the speci fi c recei ver.

N OT E: S o m e re c e i v ers w i l l not obtai n a stabl e fi x w hen usi ng a si mul ation t im e


e a rl i e r th a n the sel ected al manac. General l y i t i s best to uti l i ze a n
a l ma n a c th a t i s dated at l east one day before the si mul ati on d ate.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


4 -5
Testing

4 .1.4 Setup Basic Trajectory Simulation


P e rfo rm th e fo l l o w i n g s te p s for S etup:

STEP PROCEDURE

1. P re s s P o we r On /Of f K ey for a mi ni mum of one second to pow er up test set .


2. S e l e c t L a u n c h B a r tab to di spl ay l aunch bar.
3. S e l e c t Se tu p fu n c ti o n key to di spl ay S etup W i ndow .
4. S e l e c t Sim u la tio n tab.
5. C o n fi rm th e fo l l o w i ng setti ngs and change as necessary:

GN SS :
GN SS = GPS
C a rri e r = L 1
S BA S = Off
S i mu l a ti o n = T ra j e c tory
D i g i ta l N o i s e = OF F – w hen coupl i ng to the recei ver antenna. ON – w hen
c o n n e c ti n g d i re c tl y to the recei ver, bypassi ng the antenna/LN A .
N OT E : U s e o f d i g i ta l noi se vi a recei ver antenna w i l l resul t i n degra ded SV Signal
to N o i s e ra ti o and may cause recei ver to l oose track or not ob tai n a st able
fi x .
Fading = None
PR N S i g n a l = F i x e d
Po s i ti o n So u rc e = User

Sim u la tio n S ta r t T i m e:
Clock = User
D a te = F o r o p ti o n a l entry of date
T i me = F o r o p ti o n a l entry of ti me

R F Ou tp u t:
R F L e v e l = W h e n s e tti ng the output l evel of GP S generated si gna l , a set t ing of
-1 1 5 to -1 2 0 d B s h oul d be adequate for most recei vers. W hen di r ectl y connect ing
to a re c e i v e r, th e n omi nal gai n of the antenna shoul d be taken i nto consider at ion
a n d th e o u tp u t l e v e l of the GP S G-1000 adj usted accordi ngl y.
R F P o rt = C OU PL E R (i f usi ng antenna coupl er) or D IR E C T (di rect conne ct t o
GPS U U T )
U n i ts = Imp e ri a l

6. S e l e c t A lm a n a c ta b on the Fi l e page and press Load D efault.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


4 -6
Testing

STEP PROCEDURE

7. S e l e c t I/O ta b .

Loss:
C o u p l e r L o s s = F i g u re i n dB marked on A ntenna C oupl er
C o u p l e r C a b l e = F i g ure i n dB marked on R F C oax C abl e
D i re c t C a b l e = F i g u re i n dB marked on R F C oax C abl e

In p u t/Ou tp u t:
E x t R e f Ou t = OF F
R e fe re n c e S o u rc e = IN T
T ri g g e r = Au to
8. S e l e c t GPS R X fu n cti on key from the Launch B ar.
9. E n s u re th a t th e GP S recei ver antenna i s correctl y connected t o the GP SG - 1000
a n d th a t th e te s t s e t has an unobstructed vi ew of the sky.
10. T o s ta rt th e re c o rd i ng process press R ecor d Tr ajector y button.
11. Pre s s S to p R e c o r d ing button to stop the recordi ng process.
12. T o l o a d a d a ta fi l e for pl ayback, sel ect File functi on key from the Launch Bar .
13. S e l e c t th e T r a je c tor y tab and press the Load button.
14. On the Load Trajectory popup, select the desired file from the list and press the
L o a d b u tto n .
15. S e l e c t S im u la tio n functi on key from the Launch B ar.
16. S e l e c t R U N k e y to s tart si mul ati on.
17. Se l e c t S T OP k e y to stop si mul ati on.

N OT E: W h e n a fi e l d contai ni ng N ME A sentences i s i mported to the GP SG - 1000


fo r p l a y b a c k, at a mi ni mum the fi l e must contai n sentence GGA or RM C.
If th e fi l e c ontai ns onl y GGA messages the GP S G-1000 w i l l use t he dat e
s p e c i fi e d o n the S etup page of the uni t. If sentence R MC i s av ailable in
th e i mp o rte d fi l e, then the date of the si mul ati on w i l l match that of t he
d a ta w i th i n the fi l e. In ei ther of the previ ous tw o cases, the corre ct ly
d a te d a l ma nac fi l e must be l oaded to match the date of the si m u lat ion if
th e u s e r i n t ends to match the S V constel l ati on si mul ated by th e G PSG -
1 0 0 0 to th a t of the S V constel l ati on i n vi ew by the recei ver a t the t im e of
th e re c o rd i n g.

N OT E : Mo s t GP S recei vers expect acti ve antennas. Thi s means they sup ply a DC
v o l ta g e to t he antenna connector. The GP S G-1000 has bui l t i n D C
v o l ta g e b l o cki ng on the GP S G TX P ort.

N OT E : So me re c e i vers ‘ sense’ current draw on the D C suppl y to thei r a ct ive


a n te n n a . If there i s no current draw n, they may assume that no a nt enna
i s c o n n e c te d. In such cases, the current draw must be si mul ate d by som e
re s i s ti v e l o ad and perhaps a seri es i nductor betw een the si gna l line and
th e g ro u n d . S uch a devi ce may need to be custom bui l t, dependi n g on t he
re c e i v e r re q ui rements.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


4 -7
Testing

STEP PROCEDURE

N OT E: It i s re c o m m ended that the recei ver under test i s ‘ col d starte d’ an d a f r esh
a l m a n a c o btai ned from the GP S G-1000 si mul ati on. Thi s process m ay
ta k e s e v e ra l mi nutes, dependent on the speci fi c recei ver.

N OT E: S o m e re c e i v ers w i l l not obtai n a stabl e fi x w hen usi ng a si mul ation t im e


e a rl i e r th a n the sel ected al manac. General l y i t i s best to uti l i ze a n
a l ma n a c th a t i s dated at l east one day before the si mul ati on d ate.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


4 -8
Testing

4 .1.5 GP S Re c e iver Commu n i c a ti o n


S o m e re c e i v e rs ma y h a v e m ai ntenance pages the user can access t o vi ew S V pa r am et er s
a n d p o s i ti o n a l i n fo rm a ti o n . A ccess may ei ther be di rectl y vi a a di spl ay/control or by t he
u s e o f p ro p ri e ta ry s o ftw a re .

F o r a s ta n d a rd i z e d m e a n s of accessi ng al l recei ver data most re cei vers support t he


N M EA -1 8 3 p ro to c o l . N ME A -183 compl i ant recei vers send data cont i nuousl y through
e i th e r a s e ri a l o r U SB i n te rf ace, i n the form of text sentences , w hi ch may be mon it or ed by
P C u s i n g a s u i ta b l e a p p l i c ati on. The N ME A -183 protocol supports si x basi c sent ences,
a n d e a c h p ro v i d e s a d i ffe re nt data type. R efer to tabl e 4-1. Th e fi rst w ord i n each
s e n te n c e i s th e th re e l e tte r data type.

D a ta T y p e D escr iption

GGA F ix i nformati on

GL L L a ti tude and l ongi tude i nformati on

GS A Overal l satel l i te data

GSV D e tai l ed data for satel l i tes i n vi ew

RMC R e commended mi ni mum data for


GP S

VTG V e ctor track and speed over ground

T a b l e 4 -1 B asi c N ME A -183 S entences

T h e i n fo rm a ti o n fro m th e GSA sentence can be used to veri fy i f the recei ver has achieved
a p o s i ti o n fi x a n d m a y b e used i n TTFF measurements. The GS V se ntence provides t he
C /N 0 (c a rri e r-to -n o i s e ) ra ti os for each satel l i te that the recei ver i s tracki ng, w hi ch m ay be
u s e d fo r s e n s i ti v i ty te s ts .

4 .1.6 Se nsitiv ity


GP S re c e i v e rs u s u a l l y h a v e tw o sensi ti vi ty fi gures speci fi ed: A cqui si ti on S ensi tivit y and
S i g n a l T ra c k i n g S e n s i ti v i ty . A cqui si ti on S ensi ti vi ty speci fi es the l ow est pow er l e vel at
w h i c h th e re c e i v e r i s a b l e t o achi eve a posi ti on fi x. S i gnal Tr acki ng S ensi ti vi ty i s t he
lo w e s t p o w e r l e v e l a t w h i c h a recei ver i s abl e to track an i ndi vi dual satel l i te.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


4 -9
Testing

4.1.6.A Signal Tracking Sensitivity


P e rfo rm th e fo l l o w i n g s te p s for si gnal tracki ng sensi ti vi ty tes t.

STEP PROCEDURE

1 If c o n n e c ti n g GPS G -1000 vi a A ntenna C oupl er, perform A ntenna C oupler


In s ta l l a ti o n p ro c e d u re S ecti on 4.1.1. If di rectl y connecti ng GP S G-1000 to G PS
re c e i v e r u n d e r te s t, proceed to step 2.
2. P e rfo rm Se tu p p ro cedure S ecti on 4.1.2.
3. S e l e c t L a u n c h B a r tab to di spl ay l aunch bar. S el ect S V P R N functi on ke y t o
d i s p l a y th e S V P R N Functi on W i ndow . The GP S S V ’ s i n vi ew w i l l b e di spl ayed in a
table.
4. T u rn ON a s i n g l e h i gh el evati on S V by sel ecti ng ON /OFF fi el d to ON i n the SV line
a n d th e n s e l e c t A p ply. S el ect the close icon to cl ose the Functi on W i nd ow.

F i g . 4 -2 S V P R N S i ngl e S V S el ecti on

5. S e l e c t R F L e v e l a n d set to -136 dB m.
N OT E: T h i s i s 6 d B above the typi cal GP S recei ver posi ti onal track i ng se nsit ivit y
o f -1 4 2 d Bm. If the acti ve antenna i s not i n ci rcui t, the gai n of th e
a n te n n a s h oul d be subtracted from these fi gures.
6. R e d u c e th e R F le v el i n 0.1 dB i ncrements unti l the speci fi ed C /N 0 i s di splayed on
th e re c e i v e r te s t p a ge or read from the recei ver usi ng the N ME A -183 pro t ocol.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


4 -10
Testing

F i g . 4 -3 S i mul ati on Functi on W i ndow

4.1.6.B Acquisition Sensitivity


P e rfo rm th e fo l l o w i n g s te p s for acqui si ti on sensi ti vi ty test.

STEP PROCEDURE

1 If c o n n e c ti n g GPS G -1000 vi a A ntenna C oupl er, perform A ntenna C oupl er


In s ta l l a ti o n p ro c e d u re S ecti on 4.1.1. If di rectl y connecti ng GP S G-1000 to G PS
re c e i v e r u n d e r te s t, proceed to step 2.
2. P e rfo rm Se tu p p ro cedure S ecti on 4.1.2.
3. S e l e c t L a u n c h B a r tab to di spl ay l aunch bar. S el ect S V P R N functi on ke y t o
d i s p l a y th e SV P R N Functi on W i ndow . The GP S S V ’ s i n vi ew w i l l b e di spl a yed in a
ta b l e .
4. T u rn ON a l l SV ’ s b y sel ecti ng ON /OFF fi el d to ON i n each S V l i ne, then select
A p p ly. S e l e c t th e c l ose i con to cl ose the Functi on W i ndow . On the S e tup
S i mu l a ti o n F u n c ti o n W i ndow S el ect P R N S ignal drop dow n menu. S el ect
VA R IA B L E to e n s u re the rel ati ve S V si gnal l evel s are set proporti onal to t he
re s p e c ti v e p s e u d o r anges
5. S e l e c t R F L e v e l a n d set to -136 dB m.
N OT E: T h i s i s 6 d B above the typi cal GP S recei ver posi ti onal track i ng se nsit ivit y
o f -1 4 2 d B m . If the acti ve antenna i s not i n ci rcui t, the gai n of
th e a n te n n a shoul d be subtracted from these fi gures.
6. In c re a s e th e R F L e v el i n steps of 0.5 dB , unti l posi ti onal fi x i s di spl ayed on t he
re c e i v e r o r re a d fro m the recei ver usi ng the N ME A -183 protocol . A l l ow sever al
mi n u te s a t e a c h p o wer l evel .
7. In c re a s e th e R F L e v el i n steps of 0.5 dB unti l the posi ti onal fi x i s di spl aye d on t h e
re c e i v e r o r re a d fro m the recei ver usi ng the N ME A -183 protocol . A l l ow sever al
mi n u te s a t e a c h p o wer l evel .
N OT E: T h i s i s 6 d B above the typi cal GP S recei ver posi ti onal track i ng
s e n s i ti v i ty o f -142 dB m. If the acti ve antenna i s not i n ci rcui t, the gain of
th e a n te n n a shoul d be subtracted from these fi gures.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


4 -11
Testing

4.1.6.C C/N 0 Measurement Options


In s c e n a ri o s w h e re m e a s u rement speed i s i mportant, such as a pr oducti on envi ronm ent ,
y o u c a n u s e a h i g h e r C /N 0 val ue and extrapol ate the sensi ti vi ty i nformati on from t he
re s u l t.

T h e re i s a l i n e a r re l a ti o n s hi p betw een R F pow er and C /N 0 rati o, refer to tabl e 4- 2. As an


a l te rn a ti v e to m e a s u ri n g th e recei ver’ s C /N 0 rati o at the gi ven sensi ti vi ty l evel , it is
p o s s i b l e to d e ri v e s e n s i ti v i ty based on the C /N 0 at a di fferent pow er l evel . Typi c al
re c e i v e r C /N 0 ra ti o i s 2 8 to 32 dB -H z to achi eve a posi ti on fi x. If the rece i ver rep or t s a C/
N 0 v a l u e o f 2 8 d B -H z a t -1 4 5 dB m, i t al so reports a C /N 0 val ue of 43 dB -H z at -130 dBm .

N OT E: It i s i m p o rta n t th a t a gi ven recei ver i s fi rst characteri zed by measuri ng t he


a c q u i s i ti o n s e n s i ti vi ty to ensure that recei ver sel f-i nterfere nce (e.g. spur s) or
d i g i ti s a ti o n n o i s e , does not adversel y effect the C /N o fi gure before applying t his
te c h n i q u e .

W h i l e th e e x a c t R F l e v e l u sed to measure sensi ti vi ty vari es fro m one recei ver to t he next ,


th e ra ti o o f th e re c e i v e r o f C /N 0 to R F pow er l evel i s perfectl y l i near.

R F L e vel R eceiver C /N 0

-1 1 0 .0 d Bm 56 dB –H z

-1 1 5 .0 d Bm 56 dB –H z

-1 2 0 .0 d Bm 53 dB –H z

-1 2 5 .0 d Bm 48 dB –H z

-1 3 0 .0 d B 43 dB –H z

-1 3 5 .0 d B 38 dB –H z

-1 4 0 .0 d B 33 dB –H z

-1 4 5 .0 d B 28 dB –H z

T a b l e 4 -2 T y p i c a l R ecei ver C /N 0 as a functi on of R F l evel

N OT E: Wh e n a h i g h i n p u t l evel i s used to sti mul ate the C /N 0 rati o, the recei ver r epor t s
th e ma x i mu m p o s s i bl e C /N 0 val ue al l ow ed by the chi pset. Typi cal l y thi s f igur e is
b e tw e e n 5 4 to 6 6 d B -H z, (56 dB - H z i n Tabl e 4-2 exampl e).

4 .1.7 Measuring Time to Fir s t F i x (T T F F ) a n d P o s i ti o n Ac c u r a c y


T T F F a n d p o s i ti o n a c c u ra c y measurements are i mportant parameter s i n GP S rec eiver
te s ti n g . In ma n y GPS a p p l i c ati ons, the ti me i t takes for the re cei ver to return i ts act ual
lo c a ti o n c a n s i g n i fi c a n tl y a f fect the recei ver’ s usabi l i ty. In addi ti on, the accurac y wit h
w h i c h a re c e i v e r re tu rn s i ts reported l ocati on i s i mportant.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


4 -12
Testing

F o r a re c e i v e r to o b ta i n a p osi ti on fi x, i t must dow nl oad the a l manac and ephemer is


in fo rma ti o n fro m th e s a te l l i t e through a navi gati on message. B e cause i t takes 30 seconds
fo r a re c e i v e r to d o w n l o a d an enti re GP S frame, a “col d start” TTFF condi ti on ca n t ake
a n y w h e re fro m 3 0 to 6 0 s e conds.

Si g n a l s tre n g th a l s o i s a fa ctor i n correl ati on l ock ti me and hence TTFF.

F i g . 4 -4 TTFF vs. S i gnal S trength

M a n y re c e i v e rs s p e c i fy s e v eral TTFF condi ti ons, i ncl udi ng A cqui si ti on (col d and war m
s ta rt), R e a c q u i s i ti o n (h o t s t art) and P osi ti onal A ccuracy.

4.1.7.A Acquisition (cold start)


U n d e r th i s c o n d i ti o n th e re cei ver does not have any current A l m anac or E phemer is dat a
a n d h a s n o m e m o ry o f p re vi ous l ocati on. Fi rstl y, at l east one G P S frame must b e
d o w n l o a d e d fro m e a c h o f the S V ’ s i n vi ew how ever, as the recei v er does not eve n know it
a p p ro x i ma te l o c a ti o n a n d h ence w hat S V ’ s may be i n vi ew , thi s r equi res al l S V PRN
c o d e s to b e s e a rc h e d , o v e r 5000 H z doppl er frequency shi ft. Mos t modern receiver s
a c h i e v e a p o s i ti o n fi x fro m a col d start condi ti on i n 30 to 60 seconds. In ol der re ceiver s
th i s p ro c e s s m a y ta k e s e v e ral mi nutes.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


4 -13
Testing

Pe rfo rm th e fo l l o w i n g s te p s for A cqui si ti on (col d start) TTF me asurement.

STEP PROCEDURE

1. If c o n n e c ti n g GPS G -1000 vi a A ntenna C oupl er, perform A ntenn a C oupl er


In s ta l l a ti o n p ro c e d u re S ecti on 4.1.1. If di rectl y connecti ng GP S G-1000 to G PS
re c e i v e r u n d e r te s t, proceed to step 2.
2. P e rfo rm Se tu p p ro cedure S ecti on 4.1.2.
3. E n s u re GP S re c e i v e r i s i n col d start mode i .e. no al manac or ephemeri s in
me mo ry .
4. S e l e c t L a u n c h B a r tab to di spl ay l aunch bar. S el ect S V P R N functi on ke y t o
d i s p l a y th e SV P R N Functi on W i ndow . The GP S S V ’ s i n vi ew w i l l b e di spl a yed in a
ta b l e (F i g 4 -4 ).
5. T u rn ON a l l SV ’ s b y sel ecti ng ON /OFF fi el d to ON i n each S V l i ne and the n select
A p p ly . Se l e c t th e c lose icon to cl ose the Functi on W i ndow .
6. On th e S e tu p Si m u l ati on Functi on W i ndow sel ect P R N S ignal drop dow n m enu.
S e l e c t VA R IA B L E , thi s ensures the rel ati ve S V si gnal l evel s are set prop or t ional
to th e re s p e c ti v e p s eudo ranges.
7. S e l e c t R F L e v e l a n d set to the recei ver manufacturers TTFF R F l evel .
8. S e l e c t R u n k e y to r estart si mul ati on and measure the Ti me to Fi x (TTF).

4.1.7.B Acquisition (warm start)


T h e re c e i v e r h a s s o m e a l manac i nformati on that i s l ess than one w eek ol d but d oes not
h a v e a n y e p h e me ri s i n fo rm ati on.

N OT E: Ep h e me ri s i n fo rm a ti on i s onl y val i d for 4 hrs. Typi cal l y, the recei ver kno ws t he
ti m e to w i th i n 2 0 s e conds and the posi ti on to w i thi n 100 km. Most moder n G PS
re c e i v e rs a c h i e v e a posi ti on fi x from a w arm condi ti on i n l ess than 60 seconds
b u t c a n s o me ti m e s achi eve a posi ti on fi x i n much l es s ti me.

P e rfo rm th e fo l l o w i n g s te p s for A cqui si ti on (w arm start) TTF me asurement.

STEP PROCEDURE

1, If c o n n e c ti n g GPS G -1000 vi a A ntenna C oupl er, perform A ntenna C oupl er


In s ta l l a ti o n p ro c e d u re S ecti on 4.1.1. If di rectl y connecti ng GP S G-1000 to G PS
re c e i v e r u n d e r te s t, proceed to step 2.
2. P e rfo rm Se tu p p ro cedure S ecti on 4.1.2.
3. E n s u re GP S re c e i v e r i s i n w arm start mode i .e. no ephemeri s i n memory or
re c e i v e r h a s n o t s e e n an ephemeri s for over 4 H rs.
4. S e l e c t L a u n c h B a r tab to di spl ay l aunch bar. S el ect S V P R N functi on ke y t o
d i s p l a y th e SV P R N Functi on W i ndow . The GP S S V ’ s i n vi ew w i l l b e di spl a yed in a
ta b l e .
5. T u rn ON a l l SV ’ s b y sel ecti ng ON /OFF fi el d to ON i n each S V l i ne and select
A p p ly . Se l e c t th e c lose icon to cl ose the Functi on W i ndow .
6. On th e S e tu p Si m u l ati on Functi on W i ndow sel ect P R N S ignal drop dow n m enu.
S e l e c t VA R IA B L E , thi s ensures the rel ati ve S V si gnal l evel s are set prop or t ional
to th e re s p e c ti v e p s eudo ranges.
7. S e l e c t R F L e v e l a n d set to the recei ver manufacturers TTFF R F l evel .
8. S e l e c t R u n k e y to r estart si mul ati on and measure the Ti me to Fi x (TTF).

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


4 -14
Testing

4.1.7.C Reacquisition (hot start)


T h e re c e i v e r h a s u p -to -d a te al manac and ephemeri s i nformati on, has not been tu r ned of f
fo r m o re th a n tw o h o u rs a n d has not moved l ocati on more than 10 0m. In thi s scen ar io, t he
re c e i v e r n e e d s to o b ta i n o n l y ti mi ng i nformati on from each S V t o return i ts posi tion f ix
lo c a ti o n . M o s t mo d e rn GP S recei vers return a posi ti on fi x from a hot start condi ti on wit hin
0 .5 to 2 0 s e c o n d s .

P e rfo rm th e fo l l o w i n g s te p s for R eacqui si ti on (hot start) TTF m easurement.

STEP PROCEDURE

1. If c o n n e c ti n g GPS G -1000 vi a A ntenna C oupl er, perform A ntenn a C oupl er


In s ta l l a ti o n p ro c e d u re S ecti on 4.1.1. If di rectl y connecti ng G P S G-1000 to G PS
re c e i v e r u n d e r te s t, proceed to step 2.
2. P e rfo rm Se tu p p ro cedure S ecti on 4.1.2.
3. S e l e c t L a u n c h B a r tab to di spl ay l aunch bar. S el ect S V P R N functi on ke y t o
d i s p l a y th e SV P R N Functi on W i ndow . The GP S S V ’ s i n vi ew w i l l b e di spl a yed in a
ta b l e .
4. T u rn ON a l l SV ’ s b y sel ecti ng ON /OFF fi el d to ON i n each S V l i ne and select
A p p ly . Se l e c t th e c lose icon to cl ose the Functi on W i ndow .
5. On th e S e tu p Si m u l ati on Functi on W i ndow sel ect P R N S ignal drop dow n m enu.
S e l e c t VA R IA B L E , thi s ensures the rel ati ve S V si gnal l evel s are set prop or t ional
to th e re s p e c ti v e p s eudo ranges.
6. S e l e c t R F L e v e l a n d set to the recei ver manufacturers TTFF R F l evel .
7. On th e S i mu l a ti o n Functi on W i ndow sel ect the R un key to start the si mu lat ion.
Wa i t u n ti l a p o s i ti o n fi x i s achi eved and sel ect the S top K ey.
8. W a i t 6 0 s e c o n d s a nd then sel ect R un key to restart si mul ati on and meas ur e t he
T i me to F i x (T T F ).

4.1.7.D TTFF Accuracy


A s GPS s a te l l i te s c i rc l e th e earth every 12 hours, the range of avai l abl e satel l i tes var ies
s u b s ta n ti a l l y th ro u g h o u t th e course of one day. TTFF and posi ti on accuracy are usually
s p e c i fi e d a t a s p e c i fi c p o w er l evel and to ensure that your rec ei ver returns the
appropriate result under a broad range of conditions it is usef ul to verify the accuracy of
b o th o f th e s e s p e c i fi c a ti o n s under a vari ety of ci rcumstances.

T h e GP SG-1 0 0 0 a l l o w s th e user to enter a speci fi c U TC ti me, w hi ch correl ates wit h t he


a l m a n a c l o a d e d i n th e te s t set. Thi s feature al l ow s a 3D posi ti on to be entered, which is
th e n s i mu l a te d u ti l i z i n g e i th er opti mal geometry satel l i tes aut omati cal l y determi n ed, or
u s e r s e l e c te d s a te l l i te s , a v ai l abl e i n that l ocati on, at that t i me, thereby provi di ng a m eans
to v e ri fy re c e i v e r p o s i ti o n a l accuracy under vari abl e condi ti on s.

N OT E: As GPS a n d Ga l i l e o ti me are di fferent, the GP S G-1000 al l ow s a c ommon f r am e of


re fe re n c e b y u ti l i z i ng U TC ti me for testi ng.

W h e n m e a s u ri n g T T F F , fi rs t start the GP S G-1000. A fter fi ve seconds, manual l y p lace t he


r e c e i v e r i n to “c o l d ” s ta rt mode. Once the recei ver obtai ns a po si ti on fi x, i t report s t he
TT F F i n fo rm a ti o n . E x a mp l e resul ts for C ol d and H ot TTFF are sho w n i n Tabl e 4-3.
A l l ta b l e s i m u l a ti o n s u ti l i z e the same 3D posi ti on.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


4 -15
Testing

I n i t i al UT C C o ld T T F F (S) H ot TTFF (S ) Maxim um S V C /N o S V ’s

10: 14: 02m 3 8 .2 1 1.30 46 6,9,12,14,2

14: 06: 18 3 2 .0 1 0.52 49 16,21

16: 12: 01m 3 3 .0 9 0.60 47 11,4,8

18: 32: 22 3 6 .4 5 1.21 46 24,9,7,15

Averag e 3 4 .9 4 0.90 47

S t an d ard DE V 2 .8 8 0.40 1.41

T a b l e 4 -3 T T F F V a l ues for Four S i mul ati ons at D i fferent U TC

4.1.7.E Positional Accuracy


3 D p o s i ti o n a c c u ra c y a n d repeatabi l i ty can be determi ned by cre ati ng si mul ati ons at
v a ri o u s U T C ’ s . It i s i mp o rtant to test accuracy at vari ous U TC ’ s, because the av ailable
s a te l l i te s a n d th e i r g e o me tri es, change substanti al l y even over the course of sever al
h o u rs . An e x a m p l e o f l a ti tu de, l ongi tude and al ti tude i nformati on, taken at four dif f er ent
U T C ’ s , i s s h o w n i n T a b l e 4 -4.

I n i t i al UT C L a titu d e Longitude A lt (MS L) H or izont al


E r r or ( m)

10: 14: 02m 3 7 .6 5 8 3 3 1 -97.438891 603.000000 0.268341

14: 06: 18 3 7 .6 5 8 3 2 5 -97.438888 597.000000 0.900046

16: 12: 01m 3 7 .6 5 8 3 2 0 -97.438887 598.000000 1.457469

18: 32: 22 3 7 .6 5 8 3 1 0 -97.438891 601.000000 2.559818

Averag e 3 4 .9 4 97.438889 599.750000 1.296419

S t an d ard DE V 2 .8 8 0.00000156 2.75378527 .0972312

S I M P o si t i o n D E C 2 .8 8 -97.438889 -

S I M P o si t i o n 2 .8 8 97:96:20 E 600.000000

T a b l e 4 -4 H o ri z o n ta l A ccuracy for V ari ous U TC S i mul ati ons

T a b l e 4 -4 s h o w s th a t y o u c a n cal cul ate hori zontal error i n mete rs absol utel y base d on t he
s i mu l a te d p o s i ti o n . T h e h o ri zontal error i s determi ned from the equati on:

T h e a c c u ra c y th a t a re c e i v e r can attai n, i s hi ghl y dependent on the avai l abl e sat ellit es


th a t i t h a s to l o c k to . Wh i l st a recei ver’ s accuracy w i l l vary over the course of se ver al
h o u rs (w h e n s a te l l i te s c h a nge), the posi ti onal repeatabi l i ty fo r a gi ven U TC w i l l usually
re s u l t i n o n l y a s ma l l d e v i a ti on. W i th the GP S G-1000, you can p erform mul ti pl e t r ials of a
p a rti c u l a r s i m u l a te d 3 D p o s i ti on. Thi s al so can confi rm that th e GP S G-1000 does not add
u n c e rta i n ty to th e s i m u l a te d GP S si gnal .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


4 -16
Testing

4 .1.8 RAIM Testing and SV Geometry


T h e o rb i ta l c h a ra c te ri s ti c s of S V ’ s w i thi n a GP S constel l ati on are contai ned i n th e
tra n s m i tte d a l m a n a c a n d e phemeri s data. The GP S G-1000 does not permi t the user t o
d i re c tl y c h a n g e i n d i v i d u a l S V orbi tal parameters, therefore i nd i vi dual S V E l evation and
A z i m u th , a t a n y U T C w i th i n the si mul ati on, are determi ned by al manac and the ep hem er is
g e n e ra te d fro m th e a l m a n a c.

R AIM re q u i re s a t l e a s t 5 S V’ s to be i n vi ew and moni tors speci f i c accuracy boun dar ies


w h i c h i f c ro s s e d , w i l l i n i ti a te speci fi c al erts. P osi ti onal acc uracy i s dependent on SV
g e o me try , e x a mp l e s o f p o or geometry are groups of S V ’ s w i th azi muth angl es close
to g e th e r a n d /o r g ro u p s o f SV ’ s w i th l ow el evati on angl es. P osi t i ons w i th l ow el evat ion
S V ‘ s w i l l a l s o e x h i b i t l o w re l ati ve R F Level s, due to the l ong er pseudo ranges. Due t o t he
S V o rb i ta l p l a n e i n c l i n a ti o n of 55 deg, posi ti ons i n temperate l ati tudes, the equat or and
p o l a r re g i o n s .

T e mp e ra te l a ti tu d e s e x h i b i t S V azi muths that range i n an arc ei ther si de of 90 and 270


degs.

E q u a to r e x h i b i ts SV a z i m u t hs through a ful l 360 degs and el evat i ons up to 90 de g.

P o l a r re g i o n s a t 0 a n d 1 8 0 deg. P ol ar regi ons are devoi d of sat el l i tes. P ol ar posit ions


e x h i b i t SV e l e v a ti o n s th a t a re l ow on the hori zon.

F i g . 4-5 Gl obal S V Tracks

T h e s i mu l a te d p o s i ti o n a n d A l manac/E phemeri s U TC , w i l l determi n e the i ndi vi du al SV’s


e l e v a ti o n , a z i mu th a n d R F level . The S V P R N E l evati on and A zi mu th i ndi cati ons ar e used
to s e l e c t c o mb i n a ti o n s o f SV ’ s that exhi bi t poor geometry for R A IM testi ng.

A b a d g e o m e try s c e n a ri o m ay be setup i n the S V P R N tabl e by sel ecti ng onl y l o w


e l e v a ti o n SV ’ s , o n l y SV ’ s wi th cl osel y spaced azi muths or onl y hi gh el evati on S V’s.

A l te rn a ti v e l y p o l a r p o s i ti o n s may be si mul ated, w hi ch i nherentl y have l ow el evation SV’s.


S V h e a l th m a y b e s e t to BA D to ensure the recei ver does not use that S V .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


4 -17
Testing

T H IS P AGE IN TE N TION A LLY LE FT B LA N K .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


4 -18
C h a p t e r 5 - M a in t e n a n c e

5.1 IN T R OD U C T ION
5 .1.1 Visua l Ins pections
V i s u a l i n s p e c ti o n s s h o u l d be performed peri odi cal l y dependi ng o n operati ng envi r onm ent ,
ma i n te n a n c e a n d u s e .

5 .1.2 Ex ternal Cleaning


STEP PROCEDURE

1. C l e a n fro n t p a n e l b u ttons and di spl ay face w i th soft l i nt-fre e cl oth. If di r t is


d i ffi c u l t to re mo v e , dampen cl oth w i th w ater and a mi l d l i qui d detergent.
2. R e m o v e g re a s e , fu n gus and ground-i n di rt from surfaces w i th s oft l i nt-fre e clot h
d a mp e n e d (n o t s o a k ed) w i th i sopropyl al cohol .
3. R e m o v e d u s t a n d d irt from connectors w i th soft-bri stl ed brush .
4. C o v e r c o n n e c to rs , n ot i n use, w i th sui tabl e dust cover to pre vent tarni sh ing of
c o n n e c to r c o n ta c ts .
5. C l e a n c a b l e s w i th s oft l i nt-free cl oth.
6. P a i n t e x p o s e d me tal surface to avoi d corrosi on.

5.2 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES


5 .2.1 Battery Replacement
P e rfo rm th e fo l l o w i n g s te p s to repl ace battery:

STEP PROCEDURE

1. V e ri fy th e GPS G-1 0 00 i s OFF and not connected to A C pow er vi a the A C Adapt or .


2. P l a c e th e GPS G-1 0 00 on a fl at surface, l ow er si de up.
3. L i ft th e b a tte ry c o v er P ul l Tab to a verti cal posi ti on to rel ease the B attery Cover
a n d l i ft a w a y fro m the C ase A ssembl y.

N OT E: S o m e b a tte ri es may be fi tted w i th a sl i di ng catch. D epress ca tch t o


re l e a s e b a ttery. Ti p the uni t backw ards to rel ease the battery.

4. R e m o v e th e b a tte ry from the battery housi ng (Fi g 5-1).


5. In s ta l l n e w b a tte ry in the battery housi ng.
6. R e p l a c e th e b a tte ry cover on the case assembl y by l ocati ng th e l i pped en d of t he
c o v e r i n th e c a s e a s sembl y. Li ft the pul l tab and push the batt ery cover down,
e n s u ri n g th e c a tc h engages. R el ease the pul l tab and ensure bat tery l ays f lat
i n s i d e th e re c e s s .

N OT E: So me b a tte ri es may be fi tted w i th a sl i di ng catch. D epress ca tch t o


i n s ta l l th e b a ttery.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


5 -1
Testing

D IS POS E OF OL D B A TTE R Y A C C OR D IN G TO LOC A L S TA N D A R D S A FE TY


W AR N I N G PR OC E D U R E S.

F i g . 5-1 B attery R epl acement

5 .2.2 GPSG-1000 Software Update Procedure


P e rfo rm th e fo l l o w i n g s te p s to U pdate GP S G-1000 S oftw are vi a th e U S B port usi n g a USB
me mo ry d e v i c e*:
N OT E: A S e rv i c e In fo rma ti on Letter (S IL) i s rel eased w i th each new s oftw are release.
T h e S IL c o n ta i n s i m portant i nformati on regardi ng the softw are update cont ent ,
a n d th e s o ftw a re u pdate process. The S IL shoul d be read caref ul l y befor e any
u p d a te i s a tte mp te d.

STEP PROCEDURE

1. U s i n g y o u r P C , o b tai n the l atest softw are update zi p fi l e fro m V IA V I S ol ut ions.


2. In s e rt a U S B m e m o r y devi ce* i nto the P C and copy the zi p fi l e to the root dir ect or y
o f th e U SB m e m o ry devi ce.
3. R e m o v e a n y AE R OFLE X di rectori es that may resi de on the root d i rectory of t he
U SD m e m o ry d e v i c e .

N OT E: It i s re c o m m ended that a bl ank U S B devi ce be used for thi s proc edur e.

4. U n z i p th e fi l e o n to t he root di rectory of the U S B memory devi ce.


5. U p o n c o m p l e ti o n y o u w i l l have an A erofl ex/C ommon/ di rectory t hat w i l l co nt ain all
th e rp m fi l e s fo r th e update.
6. S a fe l y re m o v e th e U S B memory devi ce from the P C .
7. P o w e r u p th e GP SG-1000.
8. On c e b o o te d , s e l e c t S ystem then sel ect S ystem U pdate from the drop d own
me n u .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


5 -2
Testing

STEP PROCEDURE

9. In s e rt th e U S B me mory devi ce i n U S B H ost 1 or H ost 2 P ort.

Fi g. 5-2 U S B P orts

10. Wa i t 5 to 1 0 s e c o n d s for the devi ce to be recogni zed and sel ect


C o p y fr o m U S B.* * The status screen shoul d i ndi cate ‘ C opyi ng S oftw are Updat e’.

N OT E: T h i s s te p may take several mi nutes

N OT E: R P M s w i th ol der versi on numbers w i l l not be di spl ayed.

N OT E: On c e a l l o f the fi l es have been copi ed from the U S B Memory D e vice t o t he


GP SG-1 0 0 0 i nternal memory, the fi l es to be updated w i l l be di s played in
th e R PM L IS T w i ndow and the message FILE S A R E R E A D Y TO I NSTALL
w i l l b e d i s p l ayed i n the S TA TU S w i ndow .

11. S e l e c t In s ta ll So ftwar e . The update w i l l start and the progress screen a ppear s.
12. When all RPM files have been installed a pop up will be disp layed instructing the
o p e ra to r to P L EA SE C Y C LE P OW E R ON TH E U N IT. To cycl e pow er on th e unit
p re s s a n d h o l d th e Pow er On button on the front of the GP S G-100 0 for o ne
s e c o n d a n d re l e a s e .

N o te : D u ri n g th e u pdate process the system i s performi ng many operat ions


a n d ma y ta k e up to 45 seconds to respond to the pow er dow n req uest .

13. R e mo v e th e U SB m e mory devi ce and fol l ow the i nstructi ons di s pl ayed on t he unit .

* R e c o mme n d e d U SB memory D evi ce: V IA V I S ol uti ons P N 67325.


* * If you experience a USB Error when trying to copy from USB, th e USB memory
d e v i c e b e i n g u s ed may not be compati bl e w i th the GP S G-1000.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


5 -3
Testing

5 .2.3 GPSG-1000 Debug Files


D e b u g F ile s :
If th e GPS G-1 0 0 0 e n c o u n te rs a probl em duri ng the boot process a nd i s unabl e to boot up
p ro p e rl y , a d e b u g fi l e m a y be obtai ned from the GP S G-1000 and s ent to V IA V I Solut ions
to a s s i s t i n d e te rm i n i n g th e cause of the boot i ssue.
T o o b ta i n a c o p y o f th e d e b ug fi l es, i nstal l a U S B memory devi c e i nto one of the USB
p o rts o n th e GPS G-1 0 0 0 . Press the pow er button to turn on the G P S G-1000. D u r ing t he
b o o t p ro c e s s tw o te x t fi l e s w i l l be created on the U S B Memory D evi ce (Fi g. 2-5). O ne f ile
i s c a l l e d “g p s 1 0 0 0 rs 2 3 2 .tx t”; and the other fi l e i s cal l ed “gps 1000l ast_rs232.txt”; t hese
fi l e s c o n ta i n th e l a te s t d e b ug fi l es.
Each time the GPSG-1000 is booted with the USB Memory Device in stalled in one of the
U SB p o rts , th e d e b u g fi l e s are overw ri tten w i th the l atest boot i nformati on. The
i n fo rm a ti o n c o n ta i n e d i n th e debug fi l e i s not i ntended for use by the user. B oth f iles
s h o u l d b e s e n t to VIA VI S o l uti ons i f support i s bei ng requested for a boot i ssue.

F i g . 5 -3 T e x t fi l es di spl ayed on U S B Memory D evi ce

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


5 -4
Testing

5 .2.4 Identifying Insta lle d S o ftw a r e V e r s i o n


P e rfo rm th e fo l l o w i n g s te p s to i denti fy the softw are versi on i n stal l ed i n the GP SG - 1000.

STEP PROCEDURE

14. Pre s s th e P o w e r On button to turn the test set on.

15. Al l o w th e te s t s e t to compl ete the boot process, approxi mate l y 5.5 mi ns.
16. Op e n th e L a u n c h B a r by touchi ng the l i ght gray bar l ocated o n the l eft si d e of t he
U s e r In te rfa c e a n d s crol l dow n to the S ystem functi on key.
.

STEP PROCEDURE

17. T o u c h th e S y s te m fu ncti on key to open the S ystem sub-menu an d sel ect Syst em
U p d a te .
18. In th e Ve rs i o n w i n d ow the uni t seri al number and currentl y i nstal l ed softwar e
v e rs i o n n u m b e r i s d i spl ayed. In the fol l ow i ng exampl e, “1000372 866” i s the unit
s e ri a l n u m b e r, a n d “2.0.0,201111221441” i s the currentl y i nstal l ed softwar e
v e rs i o n n u m b e r.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


5 -5
Testing

5 .2.5 GPSG-1000 Almanac Update

P e rfo rm th e fo l l o w i n g s te p s to U pdate GP S G-1000 A l manac usi ng a U S B memory device *:

STEP PROCEDURE

1. Ob ta i n th e c u rre n t G P S al manac for the w eek from the U ni ted S tates C oast G uar d
N a v i g a ti o n C e n te r a t http://w w w .navcen.uscg.gov/?pageN ame= gpsA l manacs and
s a v e th e fi l e a s “ c u r r ent.alm” or as “weekX Y Z.alm ” w i th X Y Z bei ng the cur r ent
a l ma n a c w e e k (w e e k617.al m).
2. C o p y th e a l m a n a c fi l e, named “cur r ent.alm” to the U S B memory devi ce ( VI AVI
S o l u ti o n s P /N 6 7 3 2 5) under the di rectory name of A er oflex/alm anacs/ plus
a l ma n a c fi l e n a m e ( /A erofl ex/al manacs/w eek617.al m).
3. P o w e r u p th e GP SG-1000.
4. S e l e c t S y s te m , th e n sel ect S ystem U pdate from the drop dow n menu on t he
GP SG-1 0 0 0 .
5. In s e rt th e U S B me mory devi ce i nto U S B H ost 1 P ort or H ost P or t 2.
6. W a i t 5 to 1 0 s e c o n d s for the devi ce to be recogni zed and then sel ect C opy f rom
USB.
7. T h e A l ma n a c fi l e w i l l be copi ed to the GP S G-1000.
8. T h e s ta tu s me s s a g e shoul d read ‘ U pgrade D one’ .
9. R e m o v e th e U SB m e mory devi ce.
10. P ro c e e d to Se tu p wi ndow , then press A lm anac S our ce. P ress File , then select
th e n e w l y l o a d e d a l manac fi l e to l oad.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


5 -6
Testing

5.2.6 Maintenance Function Windows


S e l e c ti n g th e Ma i n te n a n c e i con from the Launch B ar Menu w i l l di spl ay the Mai ntenance
s u b -m e n u . T h e M a i n te n a n ce sub-menu contai ns the C al i brati on and D i agnosti cs icons.

F i g . 5-4 Mai ntenance Menu

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


5 -7
Testing

5.2.6.A Calibration Function Window


S e l e c ti n g C a l i b ra ti o n fro m the Mai ntenance sub-menu w i l l di spl a y the C al i brati on
P a s s w o rd E n try W i n d o w . T he C al i brati on Functi on W i ndow i s passw ord protecte d.
C o n ta c t V IAV I So l u ti o n s fo r the defaul t passw ord. E nter the pas sw ord to open th e
C a l i b ra ti o n F u n c ti o n W i n d o w .

F i g . 5 -5 C al i brati on P assw ord W i ndow

Co n t r o l C o m p o n e n t D e s c r iption

P a s s wo r d Al p h a N umeri c P ad: E nter passw ord to open the C al i brati on


F u n c ti o n W i ndow .
N OT E : C ontact V IA V I S ol uti ons for the defaul t passw ord.

Cancel C l o s e s th e C al i brati on P assw ord W i ndow .

OK A fte r th e C al i brati on P assw ord has been entered, pressi ng OK


w i l l v a l i d ate the passw ord and open the C al i brati on W i ndow i f
th e p a s s w ord i s accepted.
N OT E: Inval i d P assw ord i s di spl ayed i f the passw ord i s
e n te re d i ncorrectl y.

Change Op e n s C hange P assw ord W i ndow . E nter ol d passw ord, new


p a s s w o rd and reenter new passw ord to change the passw ord
a n d o p e n the C al i brati on Functi on W i ndow .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


5 -8
Testing

5.2.6.B Diagnostics Function Window


S e l e c ti n g D i a g n o s ti c s fro m the Mai ntenance sub-menu w i l l di spl a y the D i agnostics
F u n c ti o n W i n d o w . T h e D i a gnosti cs Functi on W i ndow provi des contr ol for generat ing t est
s i g n a l s , w i th s p e c i fi c p o w e r and frequency parameters.

F i g . 5 -6 D i agnosti cs Functi on W i ndow

Co n t r o l C o m p o n e n t D escr iption

Mode D ro p d o wn sel ecti ons:


OF F - D i agnosti cs output di sabl ed and si mul ati on i s al l ow ed.
C W - D i a gnosti cs output enabl ed, output i s C W and si mul ati on
is locked.
MOD U L A TE D - D i agnosti cs output enabl ed, output i s
mo d u l a te d GP S si gnal and si mul ati on i s l ocked.

Frequency D ro p d o wn sel ecti ons: 1176.45 MH z,1207.14 MH z, 1227.60


MH z , 1 2 78.75 MH z or 1575.42 MH z.

A m p litu d e N u m e ri c pad: P ow er i n dB m. R ange -93 dB m to + 155 dB m


D IR E C T or -68 dB m to -130 dB m C OU P LE R

Do p p le r Er r o r N u m e ri c P ad: + /- 5000H z i n 1H z i ncrements.

E X T R EF OU T D ro p d o wn sel ecti ons: ON or OFF.

Ref er e n c e So u r c e s D ro p d o wn sel ecti ons: IN T or E X T.

L OG A M P D i s p l a y s the output from the i nternal up convertor modul e.


D i s p l a y e d i n dB .

Read R e a d s the output from the i nternal up convertor modul e.

P L L L o c k Sta tu s In d i c a te s the state of the LO, 800 Mhz, E X T. R E F and E X T.


R E F D E T. ON (Green) i ndi cates l ocked condi ti on, OFF (Gray)
i n d i c a te s unl ocked condi ti on.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


5 -9
Testing

5.2.7 System Function Windows


S e l e c ti n g th e S y s te m i c o n f rom the Launch B ar Menu w i l l di spl ay the S ystem su b- m enu.
T h e S y s te m s u b -me n u c o n t ai ns the Opti ons, S ystem C onfi gurati on and S ystem Updat e
ic o n s .

Fi g. 5-7 S ystem Menu

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


5 -10
Testing

5.2.7.A Options Function Window


S e l e c ti n g Op ti o n s fro m th e S ystem sub-menu w i l l di spl ay the Opt i ons Functi on Window.
T h e Op ti o n s F u n c ti o n W i n d ow provi des control for i nstal l i ng or removi ng opti ons and
d i s p l a y s c u rre n tl y i n s ta l l e d opti ons.

F i g . 5 -8 Opti ons Functi on W i ndow

Co n t r o l C o m p o n e n t D escr iption

Co p y fr o m U SB In i ti a te s C opy of Opti on Li cense fi l es from a U S B memory


d e v i c e i nstal l ed i n U S B H ost 1 or U S B H ost 2.

Co p y fr o m Se r v e r In i ti a te s C opy of Opti on Li cense fi l es from a server.


N OT E: Factory use onl y.

I n s ta ll L ic e n s e In s ta l l s Opti on Li cense fi l es that have been copi ed to the


i n te rn a l memory.

Rem o v e L ic e n s e R e m o v e s Opti on Li cense fi l es.


N OT E: Thi s w i l l permanentl y remove i nstal l ed opti ons.

Di sp l a y C o m p o n e n t D escr iption

S ta tu s D i s p l a y s status messages to i nform the user of progress or


e rro rs .

S er ia l N u m b e r D i s p l a y s the seri al number of the GP S G-1000.

U n iq u e ID D i s p l a y s the U ni que ID of the GP S G-1000.

Op tio n D i s p l a y s i nstal l ed opti ons.

User D i s p l a y s U ser l og-i n ID .


N OT E : D efaul t i s A LL i f no user l ogi n requi red.

In s ta lle d D i s p l a y s date opti on w as i nstal l ed.

Ex p ir e s D i s p l a y s date opti on expi res.


N OT E: If no expi rati on date di spl ays -1.

S e r v e r IP N u m e ri c P ad: E nter the S erver IP address.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


5 -11
Testing

5.2.7.B System Configuration Function Window

S e l e c ti n g S y s te m C o n fi g u ra ti on from the S ystem sub-menu w i l l di spl ay the S yste m


C o n fi g u ra ti o n F u n c ti o n W i n dow . The S ystem C onfi gurati on Functi o n W i ndow di splays f ive
s e l e c ta b l e ta b s a c ro s s th e top of the screen. S tatus, H ardw are, U I Opti ons, N etwor k and
D a te /T i me .

5.2.7.C Status
T h e S ta tu s ta b d i s p l a y s te s t memory status, operati ng ti me, har dw are modul e
te mp e ra tu re s a n d p ro v i d e i nternal S D card formatti ng control .

F i g . 5 -9 S ystem C onfi gurati on - S tatus

Di sp l a y C o m p o n e n t D escr iption

O p e r a tin g T im e D i s p l a y s the total operati ng ti me i n hrs: mi ns:secs si nce pow er


up.

M emo r y A v a ila b le D i s p l a y s memory avai l abl e to softw are resources i n GB , MB or


K B.

M e m o r y T o ta l D i s p l a y s total test set memory i n GB , MB or K B .

Di sk Sp a c e A v a ila b le D i s p l a y s remai ni ng di sk space avai l abl e i n GB , MB or K B for


s e tti n g s a nd profi l e storage.

Di sk S p a c e T o ta l D i s p l a y s total test set di sk space i n GB , MB or K B .

RF Te m p e r a tu r e D i s p l a y s the current R F card temperature i n degrees C el si us.

P owe r S u p p ly D i s p l a y s the current pow er suppl y modul e temperature i n


T e m p e r a tu r e d e g re e s C el si us.

Bat t er y T e m p e r a tu r e D i s p l a y s the current battery pack temperature i n degrees


Celsius.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


5 -12
Testing

Di sp l a y C o m p o n e n t D escr iption

S l o t 1 M IC 2 8 4 D i s p l a y s the current P X I sl ot 1 control l er MIC 284 temperature


T e m p e r a tu r e i n d e g re e s C el si us.

S l o t 1 OM A P D i s p l a y s the current P X I sl ot 1 control l er OMA P processor


T e m p e r a tu r e te mp e ra ture i n degrees C el si us.

Di gita l B o a r d D i s p l a y s the current P X I di gi tal board temperature i n degrees


T e m p e r a tu r e Celsius.

Co n t r o l C o m p o n e n t D escr iption

Fo r m a t SD F o rma ts the i nternal S D memory card overw ri ti ng al l stored


d a ta .
N OT E: T he user w i l l be prompted Y E S or N O pri or to executi on
o f fo rma tti ng.
C a u tio n : Formatti ng w i l l resul t i n compl ete i rretri evabl e l oss
o f a l m a n a c, route, setti ng, N mea, K ml , and w aypoi nt data

5.2.7.D Hardware
T h e H a rd w a re ta b d i s p l a y s hardw are modul e/board i denti fi cati on, versi on and sof t war e
re v i s i o n n u mb e rs fo r c o n fi g urati on control purposes.

F i g . 5 -1 0 System C onfi gurati on - H ardw are

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


5 -13
Testing

Di sp l a y C o m p o n e n t D escr iption

Di g i t al B o a r d C a r d ID D i s p l a y s di gi tal board card ID number

Di g i t a l B o a r d C a r d D i s p l a y s di gi tal board card versi on number


R e v is io n

Di g i ta l B o a r d B u s D i s p l a y s di gi tal board fi rmw are versi on number


F i rm wa r e V e r s io n

Di gita l B o a r d D i s p l a y s di gi tal board appl i cati on fi rmw are versi on number


Ap p l i ca tio n F ir m wa r e
V e r s io n

Up co n v e r te r C a r d ID D i s p l a y s upconverter card ID number

Up co n v e r te r C a r d D i s p l a y s upconverter card revi si on number


R e v is io n

Up c o n v e r te r D i s p l a y s upconverter fi rmw are versi on number


F i rm wa r e Ve r s io n

RF Co m b in e r C a r d ID D i s p l a y s R F combi ner card ID number

RF C o m b in e r C a r d D i s p l a y s R F combi ner card revi si on number


R e v is io n

RF C o m b in e r D i s p l a y s R F combi ner card fi rmw are versi on number


F i rm wa r e Ve r s io n

Slot 1 PCI Net D i s p l a y s P C I net versi on number


V e r s io n

S l o t 1 C P L D V e r s io n D i s p l a y s S l ot 1 C P LD versi on number

S l o t 1 F P GA V e r s io n D i s p l a y s S l ot 1 FP GA versi on number

Slot 1 Board Revision D i s p l a y s S l ot 1 B oard R evi si on number

P owe r Su p p ly D i s p l a y s pow er suppl y versi on number


Ve r s io n

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


5 -14
Testing

5.2.7.E UI Options
T h e U I Op ti o n s ta b c o n tro l s the screen backl i ght l evel .

F i g . 5 -1 1 System C onfi gurati on – U I Opti ons

Co n t r o l C o m p o n e n t D escr iption

B a c k lig h t Mo v e th e sl i der to the ri ght to i ncrease backl i ght l evel .


Mo v e th e sl i der to the l eft to reduce backl i ght l evel .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


5 -15
Testing

5.2.7.F Network
T h e N e tw o rk ta b c o n tro l s the test set E thernet adaptor l ocal ar ea connecti on se t t ings.
T h e E th e rn e t b u s i s u s e d fo r remote control of the test set.

F i g . 5 -1 2 System C onfi gurati on – N etw ork

Co n t r o l C o m p o n e n t D escr iption

IP Address N u m e ri c pad: IP address, entry i n the format 10.200.120.148


(e x a m p l e).

S ub n e t M a s k N u m e ri c pad: S ubnet mask, entry i n the format 255.255.255.0


(e x a m p l e).

Ga te wa y N u m e ri c pad: Gatew ay, entry i n the format 10.101.0.1


(e x a m p l e).
N OT E : T h i s fi el d i s onl y acti ve w hen N etw ork Mode = D H C P .

DN S S e r v e r C o n n e c ti on speci fi c D omai n N ame S erver suffi x.


N OT E : R eserved for future use.

Netwo r k Mo d e D ro p d o wn menu: S el ecti ons


N e tw o rk Off – D i sabl es E thernet adapter.
D H C P – U ses dynami cal l y al l ocated address from D H C P
s e rv e r.
S ta ti c IP - U ses entered stati c IP address.
N OT E : S ever w i l l popul ate IP A ddress, S ubnet Mask and
Ga te w a y fi el ds automati cal l y.
N OT E : T he uni t must be connected to a LA N before any
c h a n g e to thi s fi el d i s al l ow ed.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


5 -16
Testing

5.2.7.G Date/Time
T h e D a te /T i me ta b c o n tro l s the test set date /ti me cl ock parame ters.

F i g . 5 -1 3 System C onfi gurati on – D ate/Ti me

Co n t r o l C o m p o n e n t D escr iption

T im e N u m e ri c pad: Ti me entry i n the 24 H our format H H :MM:S S .

D a te N u m e ri c pad: D ate entry i n the format MM:D D :Y Y Y Y .

N OT E: The uni t ti me and date w i l l be automati cal l y updated


o n c e a 3 D fi x i s regi stered by the uni t’ s i nternal GP S recei ver .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


5 -17
Testing

T H IS P AGE IN TE N TION A LLY LE FT B LA N K .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


5 -18
C h a p t e r 6 - Prin c ip le s o f Op e ra t io n

6.1 PR IN C IP L E S O F OPERATION
6.1.1 GPSG-1000
S a te llite Sim u la tio n
T h e o rb i t p a ra me te rs fo r e a ch satel l i te are confi gurabl e i n ter ms of the standard
Ke p l e ri a n (a l ma n a c ) e l e m e n ts. The al manac used for si mul ati on m ay sel ected fro m a list ,
m a i n ta i n e d b y a fi l e ma n a gement system. The fi l es may obtai ned from the bui l t in G PS
re c e i v e r a s a c u rre n t a l m a n ac l oad or may be l oaded from a U S B fl ash dri ve i n Yum a. alm
fo rm a t.

Th e s ta n d a rd K e p l e ri a n e l e ments (al manac) are used to cal cul ate the enhanced Kepler ian
El e m e n ts (e p h e me ri s ), w h i ch are i n turn used to generate the sa tel l i te moti on, and ar e
b ro a d c a s t a s p a rt o f th e n avi gati on message.

As a l ma n a c d a ta i s ty p i c a l l y val i d for several days, the GP S G-1 000 does not upd at e t he
s ta n d a rd Ke p l e ri a n (a l m a n a c) el ements duri ng the course of the si mul ati on.

T h e GPS G-1 0 0 0 c o mp u te s the enhanced K epl eri an (ephemeri s) el eme nts by


e x tra p o l a ti o n o f th e c o n fi g ured standard K epl eri an (al manac) el ements. A ny enh anced
Ke p l e ri a n e l e m e n ts n o t i n c l uded i n the standard K epl eri an el eme nts are set to z er o. The
GPS G-1 0 0 0 g e n e ra te s u p d a ted enhanced K epl eri an (ephemeri s) el em ents at a fixed t im e
in te rv a l o f 4 h o u rs , th i s b e ing the update rate supported by bo th GP S and Gal i l eo.

T h e GP SG-1 0 0 0 g e n e ra te s i n real ti me the posi ti ons of al l si mul ated S atel l i tes i. e.


p o s i ti o n s a re n o t b e p re -c o mputed for the enti re si mul ati on run .

S a te llite Se le c tio n

Fo r e a c h s i mu l a te d GN S S system the GP S G-1000 w i l l perform an i n dependent sat ellit e


s e l e c ti o n p ro c e s s a n d i f th e total number of vi si bl e satel l i tes exceeds the maxi m um
n u mb e r o f h a rd w a re c h a n n el s al l ocated to that system, then the GP S G-1000 w i l l select
t h o s e s a te l l i te s w h i c h a p p ro xi mate the mi ni mum D OP for that sys tem. The GP S G - 1000
u p d a te s i ts s a te l l i te s e l e c ti on every 60 mi nutes.

N OT E: In th e c a s e o f th e 6 channel GP S G-1000, w i th l arge numbers of si mul ate d


s a te l l i te s i t b e c o m e s possi bl e for many more satel l i tes to be vi si bl e at th e user
l o c a ti o n th a n th e re are avai l abl e hardw are satel l i te channel s. If thi s happens t he
GP SG-1 0 0 0 a l l o c a t es channel s on a ' best effort' basi s but does al l ow the
o p e ra to r to o v e rri d e the sel ecti on manual l y.

Th e GPS G-1 0 0 0 a l l o w s th e operator to manual l y repl ace any sel ec ted satel l i te wit h
a n o th e r v i s i b l e s a te l l i te fro m the same GN S S system, w i th the m anual l y sel ected sat ellit e
re m a i n i n g s e l e c te d u n ti l i t is no l onger vi si bl e, or unti l i t i s manual l y repl aced. The
m a n u a l l y d e -s e l e c te d s a te l li te w i l l remai n el i gi bl e for re-sel e cti on at the next au t om at ic
u p d a te .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -1
P rincipals of Oper ation

6 .1.2 GP S S yste m
T h e N AV ST A R (N a v i g a ti o n S atel l i te Ti mi ng A nd R angi ng) GP S (Gl ob al P osi ti oning
S y s te m ) i s a s a te l l i te b a s e d navi gati on system offeri ng preci si on navi gati on capabilit y.
T h e s y s te m w a s o ri g i n a l l y desi gned for mi l i tary use, funded and control l ed by the U. S.
D e p a rtm e n t o f D e fe n s e . C i v i l i an access has been permi tted to sp eci fi c parts of the G PS.

GP S o ffe rs a n u m b e r o f fe a tures maki ng i t attracti ve for use i n ai rcraft navi gati o n.


C i v i l i a n u s e rs c a n e x p e c t a posi ti on accuracy of 100 m or bette r i n three di mensi o ns. The
GP S s i g n a l i s a v a i l a b l e 2 4 hours per day throughout the w orl d a nd i n al l w eathe r
c o n d i ti o n s . GP S o ffe rs re s i stance to i ntenti onal (j ammi ng) and uni ntenti onal
in te rfe re n c e . T h e e q u i p me nt necessary to recei ve and process G P S si gnal s i s aff or dable
a n d re l i a b l e a n d d o e s n o t re qui re atomi c cl ocks or antenna arra ys. For the GP S user , t he
s y s te m i s p a s s i v e a n d re q u i res a recei ver onl y, w i thout the req ui rement to transm it .

GP S d e te rmi n e s th e p o s i ti o n of the user by tri angul ati on. B y k now i ng the posi ti o n of t he
s a te l l i te a n d th e d i s ta n c e fr om the satel l i te, combi nati ons of satel l i tes can be us ed t o
d e te rmi n e th e e x a c t p o s i ti on of the recei ver. The fundamental means for GP S to
d e te rmi n e d i s ta n c e i s th e use of ti me. D i stance i s computed by usi ng accurate t im e
s ta n d a rd s a n d b y m e a s u ri n g changes i n ti me.

T h e GP S S y s te m i s c o mp ri s ed of three segments:
• Space Segment
• C o n tro l S e g m e n t
• User Segment

F i g . 6 -1 GP S S ystem S egments

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -2
P rincipals of Oper ation

6.1.2.A Space Segment


T h e S p a c e s e g m e n t c o n s i s t s of the GP S space vehi cl es (S V ’ s) or S atel l i tes, nominally 24
S V’ s p l u s s p a re s . T h e te rms S V and satel l i te shal l be i nterchan geabl e i n thi s docum ent .
E a c h v e h i c l e h a s a 1 2 h o u r orbi t at 20,200 km above the earth a nd repeats same gr ound
tra c k d a i l y . 5 to 1 2 SV ’ s a re vi si bl e from anyw here on earth.

Fi g. 6-2 GP S S atel l i te

S i x o rb i ta l p l a n e s a re u s e d , each spaced equal l y around the ear th, separated by 60


d e g re e s (3 6 0 d e g re e s /6 p l a nes= 60 degrees) and i ncl i ned 55 degre es from equa t or ial
p l a n e . T h e p l a n e s a re n a m e d A to F. E ach orbi tal pl ane hosts fo ur satel l i tes. Th ese
s a te l l i te s a re n o t s p a c e d e v enl y on each pl ane. S paci ng betw ee n adj acent sate llit es
v a ri e s fro m 3 1 .1 3 d e g re e s to 119.98 degrees. E ach pl ane exhi bi ts a di fferent angular
s p a c i n g fo r th e s a te l l i te s resi dent to i t.

A c o mp u te r mo d e l d e te rm i nes the satel l i te spaci ng to accommodat e a si ngl e sat ellit e


fa i l u re a n d s ti l l ma i n ta i n o pti mal satel l i te geometry.

F i g . 6 -3 GP S S atel l i te Orbi tal P l anes

F i g . 6 -3 s h o w s th e mo ti o n o f ni ne satel l i tes. The ground tracks show the movem ent of


th e s e s a te l l i te s o v e r a tw e l v e hour peri od and the posi ti on of the satel l i tes at one m om ent
in ti me .
T h e g ro u n d tra c k s s h o w a n umber of features. E ach satel l i te fo l l ow s a uni que pat h over
th e g ro u n d . A l s o , e v e ry s atel l i te operates betw een 55 degrees N orth and 55 degr ees
s o u th .
T h e p ri ma ry mi s s i o n o f GP S satel l i tes i s the transmi ssi on of pr eci sel y ti med GP S signals
a n d th e d a ta s tre a m re q u i red to decode the si gnal s to produce a posi ti on. The tim ing
s i g n a l s a re re fe re n c e d to a tomi c cl ocks, ei ther cesi um or rubi d i um.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -3
P rincipals of Oper ation

Wi th th e GPS s a te l l i te s i n c onstant moti on, the number of satel l i tes i n vi ew and t heir
re l a ti v e l o c a ti o n i s d y n a mi c . A 24 satel l i te confi gurati on pro vi des adequate satellit e
c o v e ra g e to p e rfo rm th re e -d i mensi onal posi ti on fi xi ng. Fai l ure s of satel l i tes and / or t he
re q u i re me n t fo r mo re th a n four satel l i tes may resul t i n i nadequ ate satel l i te cove r age.

F i g . 6 -4 GP S S V B l ock S chemati c

F i g . 6 -5 G P S S V S i gnal D ata S tructure

Ea c h GPS s a te l l i te tra n s mi ts a uni que si gnature assi gned to i t on the same carr ier
fre q u e n c y . T h i s s i g n a tu re consi sts of a P seudo R andom N oi se (P R N ) C ode of 10 23 zer os
a n d o n e s , b ro a d c a s t w i th a durati on of 1 ms and conti nual l y rep eated. The P R N code is
e x c l u s i v e l y OR ’ d (m o d u l o 2 added on), w i th 50 bi t/s N avi gati on D ata (N av D ata). The
c o mb i n e d c o d e i s th e n u s e d to B P S K modul ate a 1575.42 MH z carri er frequency . The
re s u l ta n t s i g n a l i s s p re a d s pectrum.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -4
P rincipals of Oper ation

6.1.2.B Control Segment


S i x u n m a n n e d m o n i to ri n g s tati ons are l ocated throughout the w or l d. E ach S tati o n
c o n s ta n tl y mo n i to rs a n d re cei ves i nformati on from the GP S satel l i tes and sends t he
o rb i ta l a n d c l o c k i n fo rm a ti on to the master control stati on. Fi ve of these stati ons ( except
H a w a i i ) h a v e th e a b i l i ty to upl oad i nformati on to the GP S satel l i tes

C o l o ra d o S p ri n g s i s d e s i g n ated a Master C ontrol S tati on (MC S ). The MC S const ant ly


receives GPS satellite, orbital and clock information from the monitor stations. The MCS
ma k e s p re c i s e c o rre c ti o n s to the data as necessary and sends th e i nformati on, k nown as
e p h e me ri s d a ta , to th e GP S satel l i tes usi ng ground based antenn as.

F i g . 6-6 GP S Moni tor S tati ons

T h e o b j e c ti v e o f th e GP S control segment i s:
• Ma i n ta i n e a c h o f th e satel l i tes i n i ts proper orbi t through i nf requent, sma ll
c o m m a n d e d m a n e u v ers.
• Ma k e c o rre c ti o n s a n d adj ustments to the satel l i te cl ocks and pa yl oad as needed.
• T ra c k th e GP S s a te l l i tes and generate and upl oad navi gati on dat a to eac h of t he
GP S s a te l l i te s .
• C o m m a n d m a j o r re l ocati ons i n the event of satel l i te fai l ure to mi ni mi ze t he
i m p a c t.
6.1.2.C User Segment
T h e s i g n a l s b ro a d c a s t fro m the GP S satel l i tes form the means fo r a GP S recei ve r t o
p e rfo rm th e ti m i n g a n d d i s tance cal cul ati ons. GP S recei vers ar e passi ve devi ces,
me a n i n g th a t s i g n a l s a re re cei ved onl y w i th no requi rement or m eans to transmit .

GP S ra n g i n g s i g n a l s a re b r oadcast on tw o frequenci es: L1 (1575. 42 MH z) and L 2


(1 2 2 7 .6 MH z ).T h e L 1 fre q u ency i s avai l abl e for ci vi l i an use. Th e L2 frequency was
d e s i g n e d p ri m a ri l y fo r Mi l i ta ry use.

6 .1.3 SP S S ta nda rd P os itio n i n g S e r v i c e


T h e C l e a r A c q u i s i ti o n C o d e , or C /A , i s the pri nci pal ci vi l i an r angi ng si gnal and is always
b ro a d c a s t i n a c l e a r o r u n e ncrypted form. The use of thi s si gna l i s someti mes called t he
S ta n d a rd Po s i ti o n i n g S e rv i c e or S P S . Thi s si gnal may be degrade d i ntenti onal l y but is
a l w a y s a v a i l a b l e . T h e s i g n al creates a short P seudo R andom N oi s e (P R N ) code

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -5
P rincipals of Oper ation

b ro a d c a s t a ra te o f 1 .0 2 3 M H z. The satel l i te si gnal repeats i ts el f every mi l l i seco nd.


T h e C /A c o d e i s a l s o u s e d to acqui re the P C ode.
6.1.3.A PPS Precise Positioning Service
Protected Code or P Code: this is also known as the Precise Positioning Service. The P
Code is never transmitted in the clear and is encrypted with a W code. When encrypted
the signal is know as P(Y) code and is not available to civilian users. The C/A PRN’s are
unique for each satellite however, the P-code PRN is actually a small segment of a
master P-code approximately 2.35 × 1014 bits in length (235,000,000,000,000 bits) and
each satellite repeatedly transmits its assigned segment of the master code.

6 .1.4 Position Ca lculation


P o s i ti o n c a l c u l a ti o n s c o n s i s ts of the fol l ow i ng el ements:
• D e c i d i n g w h i c h s a tel l i tes to acqui re and track
• C o d e a n d fre q u e n c y correl ati on
• Me a s u re d i s ta n c e to satel l i tes
• Ob ta i n s a te l l i te p o s i ti ons
• A d j u s t l o c a l c l o c k b i as
• P e rfo rm tri a n g u l a ti on cal cul ati ons (Tri l aterati on)
• A d j u s t fo r ti me d e l a y errors

6.1.4.A SV’s to Acquire and Track


T h e L 1 a n d L 2 fre q u e n c i e s broadcast a GP S N avi gati on Message (N av D ata) as par t of
th e i r s i g n a l . T h i s l o w fre q u ency (50 bi ts per second) data stre am provi des the receiver
w i th a n u mb e r o f c ri ti c a l i tems requi red i n determi ni ng a posi t i on. A data bi t fra m e
c o n s i s ts o f 1 5 0 0 b i ts d i v i d ed i nto fi ve, si x second 300-bi t sub frames. A data fram e is
tra n s m i tte d e v e ry th i rty s e c onds. A n enti re set of tw enty-fi ve frames (125 subfr am es)
ma k e s u p th e c o m p l e te N a v i gati on Message that i s sent over a 12 .5 mi nute period.

F i g . 6 -7 GP S N avi gati on D ata

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -6
P rincipals of Oper ation

Su b fr a m e s
Su b fra me s 1 to 5 e a c h p ro vi de a synchroni zati on, hand-over w ord and a C /A cod e t im e
a m b i g u i ty re mo v a l . T h e re mai nder of the data i s formatted as f ol l ow s:

Su b fr a m e 1 :
C o n ta i n s th e ti m e v a l ues of the transmi tti ng satel l i te, i ncl udi ng the paramet er s f or
c o rre c ti n g s i g n a l transi t del ay and onboard cl ock ti me, as w el l as i nform at ion on
s a te l l i te h e a l th a n d an esti mate of the posi ti onal accuracy of the satel l i te.

Su b fr a m e 2 a n d 3 :
Ep h e me ri s .

S u b fr a m e 4 :
Io n o s p h e ri c m o d e l , U TC data, fl ags for each satel l i te i ndi cati n g w hether ant i-
s p o o fi n g i s o n , a l m a nac (approxi mate satel l i te ephemeri s al l ow i ng the re ceiver t o
s e l e c t th e b e s t s e t o f satel l i tes or to determi ne w hi ch satel l i tes are i n vi e w) and
h e a l th i n fo rma ti o n f or satel l i te number 25 and greater.

S u b fr a m e 5 :
A l ma n a c a n d h e a l th i nformati on for satel l i te number 1 to 24.

T h e re c e p ti o n a n d d e c o d i n g of the data stream i s performed auto mati cal l y by a r eceiver


w i th o u t a n y i n te rv e n ti o n b y the operator. The i nformati on w i th i n thi s data i s cri t ical t o
GP S o p e ra ti o n . If a GPS re cei ver has never seen the GP S conste l l ati on before a nd does
n o t k n o w i ts a p p ro x i ma te l o cati on, the fi rst acti on of the rece i ver i s to acqui re a ny SV in
v i e w . On c e a s a te l l i te h a s b een acqui red, the al manac i s dow nl o aded.

S u b fra m e s 4 a n d 5 c o n ta i n al manac i nformati on. Once the al manac i s acqui red, t he


in fo rm a ti o n i t c o n ta i n s i s u sed to determi ne w hi ch satel l i tes a re i n vi ew and sel ec t t he set
o f s a te l l i te s w i th th e b e s t geometry. The al manac structure for one S V P R N i s s hown in
F i g . 6 -8 . Al m a n a c d a ta i s typi cal l y updated every 24 hours. D at a for a few w eeks is also
p ro v i d e d i n c a s e o f a d e l a y i n update. Once a recei ver has an a l manac l oaded i n it s
me mo ry , i t c a n b e u s e d fo r a faster acqui si ti on of satel l i tes o n the next occasi on of use.
On c e a s a te l l i te h a s b e e n acqui red, i t’ s ephemeri s i nformati on can be obtai ned.

Fi g. 6-8 GP S A l manac

T h e a l ma n a c p ro v i d e s a b asi c descri pti on of each satel l i te orbi t. R efer to Fi g. 6- 10. Two


p a ra m e te rs a re c o m m o n l y d i spl ayed on GP S recei vers w hi ch descri be the basi c posit ion
o f a s a te l l i te re l a ti v e to a GP S recei ver at a speci fi c l ocati o n.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -7
P rincipals of Oper ation

Ele v a tio n d e s c ri b e s th e a ngl e of a satel l i te rel ati ve to the hori zontal pl ane. If a sat ellit e
is d i re c tl y a b o v e th e p o i n t of observati on on the ground, then the el evati on i s 90 °. I f t he
s a te l l i te i s a t th e h o ri z o n , then the el evati on i s 0°.

A z im u th i s th e a n g l e b e tw een a reference pl ane and a poi nt. In the cas e of satellit es t he


re fe re n c e p l a n e i s th e p l a n e of the hori zon based on true N orth . The A zi muth i s t he angle
b e tw e e n th e s a te l l i te a n d tr ue N orth (N orth = 0°, E ast = 90°, S outh = 180°, W est = 270°) .

Of c o u rs e m a n y o th e r p a ra meters are used to defi ne satel l i te or bi t. E ach satel l it e will


d o w n l i n k a mo re p re c i s e d e scri pti on of i ts orbi t, w hi ch i s cont ai ned i n sub-frames 2 and 3,
a n d i s k n o w n a s e p h e me ri s . W i th thi s i nformati on the recei ver c an determi ne the
s a te l l i te ’ s p o s i ti o n a t a n y time and combi ne thi s w i th the rece i ver di stance from t he
s a te l l i te , y i e l d i n g a GPS p o si ti on.

F i g . 6 -9 S atel l i te R el ati ve P osi ti on

T h e h e a l th i n fo rm a ti o n tra nsmi tted i n subframe 5, i s cri ti cal t o prevent a recei ve r f r om


u s i n g th e ra n g i n g i n fo rm a ti on from a satel l i te that has been de cl ared unfi t for navigat ion
p u rp o s e s .

T h e re m a i n d e r o f th e i n fo rm ati on found i n the data stream (cl o ck correcti ons,


io n o s p h e ri c m o d e l , U T C d ata) are used to resol ve potenti al sour ces of GP S pos it ion
e rro rs .

6.1.4.B Code and Frequency Correlation


T h e p o w e r o f th e re c e i v e d GP S si gnal i n open sky i s at l east -1 60 dB W (-130 dBm ) .
T h e ma x i mu m o f th e s p e c tral pow er densi ty of the recei ved si gna l i s -190 dB m/Hz.
T h e s p e c tra l p o w e r d e n s i ty of the thermal background noi se i s a pproxi matel y
-1 7 4 d B m /H z (a t a te m p e ra ture of 290 K ). R efer to Fi g, 6-10. Th e maxi mum rece ived
s i g n a l p o w e r i s a p p ro x i ma tel y 16 dB bel ow the thermal backgroun d noi se l evel .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -8
P rincipals of Oper ation

F i g . 6 -10 GP S R ecei ved S i gnal

T o re c o v e r th e d a ta fro m s pread spectrum si gnal at the recei ver , the energy spread over
a wide bandwidth must be correlated or de-spread into a narrow bandwidth by frequency
a n d c o d e s h i fti n g . F i g . 6 -1 1 show s the cri ti cal i ty of correl ati on i n terms of recove r ing t he
signal.

F i g . 6 -11 GP S R ecei ved S i gnal

Ea c h GPS s a te l l i te tra n s mi ts a uni que P R N code. The recei ver fi rst demodul ates
re c e i v e d B PS K s i g n a l to e x tract the satel l i te P R N code overl ai d w i th N av D ata. The
re c e i v e r th e n g e n e ra te s a l ocal copy of the P R N code and then s hi fts the ti mi ng of t he
lo c a l c o d e b y
1 b i t, re l a ti v e to a re c e i v e r ti me mark, unti l al l 1,023 bi ts o f the l ocal code are i n phase
(c o rre l a te d ), w i th th e PR N code recei ved from the satel l i te. A modul o 2 addi ti on pr ocess
is u s e d to re c o v e r th e N a v D ata.

If a l l 1 ,0 2 3 b i t s h i fts h a v e been tri ed w i thout achi evi ng corre l ati on, the recei ver local
o s c i l l a to r fre q u e n c y i s o ffs e t to the next val ue and the proces s i s repeated. The r eason
fo r th i s fre q u e n c y o ffs e t, i s because satel l i tes and recei vers are i n rel ati ve moti o n t o one
a n o th e r a n d h e n c e D o p p l e r shi ft i n the transmi tted carri er freq uency occurs. The
tra n s mi tte d s i g n a l s c a n b e shi fted by up to + /- 5000 H z at the poi nt of recepti on.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -9
P rincipals of Oper ation

T h e d e te rmi n a ti o n o f th e s i gnal travel ti me and data recovery t herefore requi res not only
c o rre l a ti o n w i th a l l p o s s i b l e codes at al l possi bl e phase shi ft s, but al so i denti fi cat ion of
th e c o rre c t p h a s e c a rri e r frequency.

In th e c a s e o f a re c e i v e r c o l d start, w here the recei ver does n ot have a current alm anac
lo a d e d , e v e ry P R N w o u l d b e tri ed unti l an S V i s found i n vi ew , after w hi ch the a lm anac
c a n b e d o w n l o a d e d a n d u s e d to determi ne w hi ch S V ’ s to acqui re n ext. B ecause t he
s e a rc h fo r th e fi rs t SV m a y take some ti me, GP S recei ver col d starts take appre ciably
lo n g e r th a n w a rm s ta rts , w here the GP S recei ver has a current a l manac stored in
m e m o ry .

F i g . 6 -1 2 GP S C ode C orrel ati on P rocess

F i g . 6 -1 3 GPS N av D ata R ecover by Moduo 2 A ddi ti on

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -10
P rincipals of Oper ation

T h e s p e c tra l p o w e r d e n s i ty of the recei ved GP S si gnal l ays at a pproxi matel y 16 d B below


th e s p e c tra l p o w e r d e n s i ty of the thermal or background noi se. The demodul ati on and de-
s p re a d i n g o f th e re c e i v e d GP S si gnal causes a system gai n G of:

Afte r d e s p re a d i n g , th e p o w er densi ty of the usabl e si gnal i s gr eater than that of t he t her


m a l o r b a c k g ro u n d s i g n a l n oi se.

F i g . 6 -1 4 G P S S i gnal A fter D e-spreadi ng

6.1.4.C Measuring Distance (Pseudo Range)


GP S s a te l l i te s o rb i t 2 0 0 k m above the earth and are di stri buted i n such a w ay th at f r om
a n y p o i n t o n th e g ro u n d th ere i s l i ne-of-si ght contact to at l e ast four satel l i tes.

E a c h o n e o f th e s e s a te l l i te s i s equi pped w i th onboard atomi c cl ocks. In order to m ake


th e m e v e n m o re a c c u ra te , t hey are regul arl y adj usted or synchro ni zed from vari ous
c o n tro l p o i n ts o n E a rth . GPS satel l i tes transmi t thei r exact po si ti on and onboard clock
ti m e to Ea rth .

T h e s e s i g n a l s a re tra n s mi tt ed at the speed of l i ght (300,000 km /s) and therefore r equir e


a p p ro x i ma te l y 6 7 .3 ms to re ach a posi ti on on the E arth’ s surfac e di rectl y bel ow t he
s a te l l i te . T h e s i g n a l s re q u i r e a further 3.33 μs for each addi t i onal ki l ometer of tr avel. To
e s ta b l i s h p o s i ti o n , a l l th a t is requi red i s a recei ver and an a ccurate cl ock.

B y c o m p a ri n g th e a rri v a l ti me of the satel l i te si gnal w i th the onboard cl ock ti me t he


mo me n t th e s i g n a l w a s tra n smi tted, i t i s possi bl e to determi ne the si gnal travel t im e.

D i s ta n c e = V e l o c i ty * T i me : V el oci ty i s 300,000 km/s and Ti me i s the travel ti me of t he


signal.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -11
P rincipals of Oper ation

T o m e a s u re th e tra v e l ti m e :
• R e c e i v e r g e n e ra te s the same codes as the S atel l i te (P R N codes)
• M e a s u re d e l a y b e tw een i ncomi ng codes and sel f generated codes
• D = S p e e d o f l i g h t * measured del ay (P seudo R ange)

T h e fi rs t w o rd o f e v e ry s i n gl e frame, the Tel emetry w ord (TLM), contai ns a prea m ble


s e q u e n c e 8 b i ts i n l e n g th (1 0001011) used for synchroni zati on p urposes, fol l ow ed by 16
b i ts re s e rv e d fo r a u th o ri z e d users. A s w i th al l w ords, the fi na l 6 bi ts of the tel eme t r y wor d
a re p a ri ty b i ts .

T h e h a n d o v e r-w o rd (H OW) i mmedi atel y fol l ow s the tel emetry w ord i n each subfra m e. The
h a n d o v e r-w o rd i s 1 7 b i ts i n l ength (a range of val ues from 0 to 131071 can be
re p re s e n te d u s i n g 1 7 b i ts ) and contai ns w i thi n i ts structure th e start ti me for the next
s u b fra me , w h i c h i s tra n s mi t ted as ti me of the w eek (TOW ).

F i g . 6 -1 5 G P S S ubframe H and-Over W ord

T h e tra n s mi s s i o n ti m e i n the fi rst bi ts of the preambl e are pro vi ded i n the N avi gat ion
M e s s a g e i n th e T OW M e s s a ge of the previ ous frame. Thi s ti me i s gi ven i n S atel lit e Tim e.
In fo rm a ti o n i n th e N a v i g a ti o n Message al l ow s transl ati on i nto R ecei ver Ti me. If t he
p re a m b l e i s v a l i d a te d , th e a rri val ti me of the fi rst bi ts i n th e preambl e i s measur ed.
T h i s ti me i s g i v e n i n R e c e i ver Ti me.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -12
P rincipals of Oper ation

D u e to th e a to mi c c l o c k s o n board the satel l i tes, the ti me at w h i ch the satel l i te signal is


tra n s mi tte d i s k n o w n v e ry p reci sel y. A l l satel l i te cl ocks are a dj usted to be synch r onized
w i th e a c h o th e r a n d U T C (uni versal ti me coordi nated). In contra st, the recei ver clock is
n o t s y n c h ro n i z e d to U T C a n d i s therefore sl ow or fast by Δt0 (cl ock bi as). The si gn Δt 0 is
p o s i ti v e w h e n th e u s e r c l o c k i s fast. The resul tant ti me error Δ t0, causes i naccur acies in
th e me a s u re m e n t o f s i g n a l travel ti me and the di stance R . A s a resul t, an i ncorrect
d i s ta n c e i s m e a s u re d th a t i s know n as a pseudorange.

F i g . 6-16 GP S P seudo R ange

6.1.4.D Obtain Satellite Positions


GP S re c e i v e rs d o w n l o a d a n al manac i nto memory w hi ch defi nes w he re i n the sk y each
s a te l l i te i s , mo me n t b y m o m ent. GP S satel l i tes are constantl y moni tored by the U. S.
D e p a rtm e n t o f D e fe n s e . Sl ight orbi tal errors are caused by grav i tati onal pul l s from t he
mo o n a n d s u n a n d b y th e pressure of sol ar radi ati on on the sate l l i tes. R adar i s used t o
c h e c k e a c h s a te l l i te ' s e x a c t al ti tude, posi ti on and speed. Thi s i nformati on (ephem er is
d a ta ), i s th e n re l a y e d b a c k up to the respecti ve satel l i te, w h i ch i n turn transmi ts t he
e p h e me ri s d a ta i n N a v D a ta subframes 2 and 3. E phemeri s data i s updated ever y t wo
h o u rs a n d i s v a l i d fo r fo u r hours.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -13
P rincipals of Oper ation

6.1.4.E Clock Bias


T o s o l v e th e p ro b l e m o f c l ock bi as, consi der a recei ver i s pl ac ed on a strai ght l ine
b e n e a th tw o s a te l l i te s . A s the posi ti on of al l GP S satel l i tes i s know n vi a i nforma t ion
c o n ta i n e d i n th e a l ma n a c a nd ephemeri s, the di stance betw een an y tw o satel l i te s ( S) , is
k n o w n . B y me a s u ri n g th e travel ti mes from each satel l i te, i t i s possi bl e to exact ly
e s ta b l i s h th e d i s ta n c e (D ) despi te havi ng an i mpreci se recei ver cl ock, usi ng the f ollowing
fo rmu l a :

D = ( Δt1 – Δt 2 ) x c + S
2

F i g . 6 -17 GP S P seudo R ange

In th i s e x a mp l e tw o p s e u d o ranges w ere empl oyed to determi ne a posi ti on i n on e


d i m e n s i o n a l s p a c e . T o c a l cul ate a posi ti on i n tw o di mensi onal s pace, three pseu do
ra n g e s a re re q u i re d , L a ti tu d e, Longi tude and Δ t.

T o c a l c u l a te a p o s i ti o n i n th ree di mensi onal space, four pseudo ranges are requir ed;
L a ti tu d e , L o n g i tu d e , A l ti tu d e and Δ t. The number of pseudo ranges (GP S satel l i te s) , m ust
e x c e e d th e n u mb e r o f u n k n ow n di mensi ons by a val ue of one.

6.1.4.F Triangulation Calculations (Trilateration)


C o n s i d e r tri a n g u l a ti o n i n 2 D space. If l ocati on of poi nt A i s k now n, and the di sta nce t o
p o i n t A i s k n o w n , d e s i re d posi ti on l i es somew here on a ci rcl e.

F i g . 6 -1 8 T ri angul ati on usi ng one know n poi nt

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -14
P rincipals of Oper ation

D i s ta n c e to tw o p o i n ts i s k n ow n, desi red posi ti on i s i n one of tw o l ocati ons

F i g . 6 -1 9 T riangul ati on usi ng tw o know n poi nt

Distance to three points is known, position is known.

F i g . 6 -2 0 T ri a ngul ati on usi ng three know n poi nt

C o n s i d e r tri a n g u l a ti o n i n 3 D S pace. D i stance to tw o poi nts i s k now n.

F i g . 6 -2 1 T ri a n g u l a ti on usi ng tw o know n poi nts i n 3D space

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -15
P rincipals of Oper ation

Distance to three points is known, position is known in 3D space.

F i g . 6 -2 2 T ri a n g u l a tion usi ng three know n poi nts i n 3D space

6.1.4.G Time Delay Errors


S o u rc e s o f T i me D e l a y Error are:

E p h e m e r is d a ta:
T h e d a ta c o n c e rn i n g e p h e m eri s errors may not exactl y model the true satel l i te m ot ion.
T h e d i s p a ri ty i n e p h e m e ri s data can i ntroduce 1 to 5 meters of posi ti onal error.
E p h e m e ri s d a ta i s v a l i d fo r a peri od of about 4 hours

S a te llite c lo c k s :
T h e d a ta c o n c e rn i n g th e s atel l i te’ s four atomi c cl ocks may not refl ect the exact r at e of
clock drift. Distortion of the signal by measurement noise can further increase positional
e rro r. C l o c k d ri ft d i s p a ri ty c an i ntroduce 0 to 2.5 meters of p osi ti onal error and
me a s u re m e n t n o i s e c a n i n t roduce 0 to 10 meters of posi ti onal er ror.

R e c e iv e r C lo c k In a c c u r a c ies and R ounding E r r or s:


D e s p i te th e s y n c h ro n i z a ti o n of the recei ver cl ock w i th the sate l l i te ti me duri ng the
p o s i ti o n d e te rm i n a ti o n (c o mpensati on for cl ock bi as), the remai ni ng i naccuracy of t he
ti m e s ti l l l e a d s to a n e rro r o f about 2 m i n the posi ti on deter mi nati on. R oundi ng and
c a l c u l a ti o n e rro rs o f th e re cei ver sum up approxi matel y to 1 m.

Mu ltip a th :
GPS signals can also be affected by multi-path issues where the radio signals reflect off
o f s u rro u n d i n g te rra i n s u c h as bui l di ngs, canyon w al l s, and har d ground. These delayed
s i g n a l s c a n re s u l t i n p e ri o d i c si gnal cancel l ati on but typi cal l y they change dynamically
w i th l o c a ti o n a n d m a y j u s t cause short term i naccuracy.

F i g . 6-23 Mul ti path D el ays

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -16
P rincipals of Oper ation

6.1.4.H Atmospheric Delays


Io n o s p h e r e :
T h e i o n o s p h e re i s a n a tmo spheri c l ayer si tuated betw een 90 to 1 000 km above t he
E a rth ’ s s u rfa c e . T h e g a s mol ecul es i n the i onosphere are heavi l y i oni zed. The i onizat ion
is c a u s e d ma i n l y b y s o l a r radi ati on, hence the thi ckness of thi s l ayer vari es during t he
c o u rs e o f th e d a y . Si g n a l s from the satel l i tes travel through a vacuum at the spe ed of
li g h t. H o w e v e r, i n th e i o n o sphere the vel oci ty of these si gnal s sl ow s dow n due t o t he
io n i z e d g a s , a n e ffe c t c a l l ed di spersi on, w hi ch i s frequency de pendent.

F i g . 6 -24 A tmospheri c D el ays

Io n o s p h e ri c d i s p e rs i o n i s o ne of the most si gni fi cant error sou rces. These effects ar e


s m a l l e s t w h e n th e s a te l l i te i s di rectl y overhead and become gre ater for satel l i te s near er
th e h o ri z o n a s th e s i g n a l p asses through the i onosphere at a sh al l ow angl e, hen ce a
th i c k e r b a n d h a s to b e tra versed. Tw o methods can be used to co rrect for Ionospher ic
delays.
• Once the receiver's approximate location is known, a mathematical model can be
u s e d to e s ti ma te a nd compensate for these errors.
• Be c a u s e i o n o s p h e ri c del ay affects the speed of mi crow ave si gnal s di fferent ly
b a s e d o n fre q u e n c y , a second carri er frequency, L2 can be used to meas ur e
a tm o s p h e re d i s p e rsi on and appl y a more preci se correcti on to he l p compensat e
fo r th i s e rro r. T h i s i s the method empl oyed i n mi l i tary GP S rec ei vers usi n g L1 and
L2.

T h i s c a n a l s o b e re al i zed i n more expensi ve ci vi l i an GP S recei v ers w i thout


d e c ry p ti n g th e P (Y) si gnal carri ed on L2 by tracki ng the carri e r w ave i nst ead of
th e m o d u l a te d c o d e . To do thi s on l ow er cost recei vers, a new c i vi l i an cod e signal
o n L 2 c a l l e d L 2 C w as added to the satel l i tes. Thi s new si gnal a l l ow s a d ir ect
c o mp a ri s o n o f th e L1 and L2 si gnal s usi ng the coded si gnal i nst ead of th e car r ier
wave.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -17
P rincipals of Oper ation

Troposphere:
T h e tro p o s p h e re i s th e l o w e r part of the earth' s atmosphere (0 -15km), that enco m passes
o u r w e a th e r. It' s fu l l o f w a te r vapor and vari es i n temperature and pressure and causes a
v a ri a b l e b u t p re d i c ta b l e d e lay. Thi s del ay i s corrected usi ng a si mpl e model bas ed on
p re s s u re , te m p e ra tu re a n d al ti tude.

T h e e rro rs o f th e GP S s y s te m are summari zed i n tabl e 6-1. The i ndi vi dual val ue s ar e no
c o n s ta n t v a l u e s , b u t a re s u bj ect to vari ances, al l numbers are approxi mate val ues.
Al to g e th e r th i s s u ms u p to an error of betw een ± 12 to ± 15 me ters.

T y p e o f T im e D elay E r r or P ositional E r r or

E p h e m e ri s Erro rs ± 2.5 m

S a te l l i te C l o c k E rrors ± 2 m

Mu l ti p a th D e l a ys ± 1 m

R e c e i v e r C l o c k Inaccuraci es and ± 1 m
R o u n d i n g E rro rs :

Io n o s p h e ri c D el ays ± 5 m

T ro p o s p h e ri c D el ays ± 0.5 m

T a b l e 6 -1 P S P osi ti onal E rror S ources

6 .1.5 GP S Time k e e ping


Mo s t c l o c k s a re s y n c h ro n i zed to C oordi nated U ni versal Ti me (U TC ) how ever, th e at om ic
c l o c k s o n th e s a te l l i te s a re set to GP S ti me. GP S ti me i s not corrected to match t he
ro ta ti o n o f th e Ea rth , s o i t does not contai n l eap seconds or o ther correcti ons th at ar e
p e ri o d i c a l l y a d d e d to U T C . GP S ti me w as set to match C oordi nate d U ni versal Ti m e ( UTC)
in 1 9 8 0 , b u t h a s s i n c e d i v e rged. The l ack of correcti ons means that GP S ti me rem ains at
a c o n s ta n t o ffs e t w i th In te rnati onal A tomi c Ti me (TA I) (TA I - GP S = 19 seconds). Per iodic
c o rre c ti o n s a re p e rfo rme d on the on-board cl ocks to correct rel ati vi sti c effects and keep
th e m s y n c h ro n i z e d w i th g ro und cl ocks.

T h e GP S n a v i g a ti o n m e s s a ge data i ncl udes the di fference betw een GP S ti me and UTC,


w h i c h a s o f J a n u a ry 1 , 2 0 1 7 i s 18 seconds due to the Leap secon d added to U TC
D e c e mb e r 3 1 , 2 0 1 6 . R e c e i vers subtract thi s offset from GP S ti m e to cal cul ate UTC and
s p e c i fi c ti m e z o n e v a l u e s . N ew GP S uni ts may not show the corr ect U TC ti me unt il af t er
re c e i v i n g th e U T C o ffs e t m e ssage.

T h e GP SG-1 0 0 0 u p d a te s th e val ues rel ated to l eap second changes that are w i thin t he
n a v i g a ti o n me s s a g e d a ta e very 60 mi nutes. The ti mi ng of the l e ap second val ue updat es
a re b a s e d o n th e s i m u l a ti o n start ti me. V al ues rel ated to the ti mi ng of upcomi n g leap
s e c o n d s a re s to re d i n a d a t a fi l e w i thi n the GP S G-1000. V al ues rel ated to anno uncing
u p c o m i n g l e a p s e c o n d s to recei vers are transmi tted 60 days pri o r to the l eap seconds
ro l l o v e r d a te , a n d a re m a i ntai ned for 60 days after the event.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -18
P rincipals of Oper ation

T h e GPS -U T C o ffs e t fi e l d can accommodate 255 l eap seconds (ei gh t bi ts) w hi ch, given
th e c u rre n t ra te o f c h a n g e o f the E arth' s rotati on (w i th one l e ap second i ntroduced
a p p ro x i m a te l y e v e ry 1 8 mo nths), shoul d be suffi ci ent to l ast un ti l approxi matel y t he year
2 3 0 0 . As o p p o s e d to th e y ear, month, and day format of the Greg ori an cal endar, t he G PS
d a te i s e x p re s s e d a s a w e ek number and a seconds-i nto-w eek numb er.

F i g . 6 -2 5 GP S v. U TC Ti me Format
T h e w e e k n u mb e r i s tra n s m i tted as a ten-bi t fi el d i n the C /A an d P (Y ) navi gati on
me s s a g e s , a n d s o i t b e c o m es zero agai n every 1,024 w eeks (19.6 years). GP S week zer o
s ta rte d a t 0 0 :0 0 :0 0 U T C (0 0 :00:19 TA I) on January 6, 1980, and the w eek number
b e c a m e z e ro a g a i n fo r th e f i rst ti me at 23:59:47 TC on A ugust 2 1, 1999 (00:00:19 TAI on
A u g u s t 2 2 , 1 9 9 9 ).

T o d e te rmi n e th e c u rre n t Gregori an date, a GP S recei ver must be provi ded w i th t he


a p p ro x i ma te d a te (to w i th i n 3,584 days) to correctl y transl ate the GP S date si gn al. To
address this concern the modernized GPS navigation message uses a 13-bit field, which
o n l y re p e a ts e v e ry 8 ,1 9 2 weeks (157 years), thus l asti ng unti l the year 2137 (157 year s
a fte r GP S w e e k z e ro ).

6 .1.6 GNS S Accuracy


A GN S S re c e i v e r d e te rm i n es i ts P osi ti on (hori zontal and verti ca l ), i ts V el oci ty and t he
T i m e fro m th e s i g n a l s o f a t l east four satel l i tes by means of t ri angul ati on. The p r ecision
o f th e c o mp u ta ti o n s b y tri a ngul ati on depends on the constel l ati on of al l satel l i tes of which
th e s i g n a l s a re ta k e n i n to a ccount (four or more). A s the numbe r and posi ti on of sat ellit es
w i l l s e l d o m b e i d e a l , th e maxi mum obtai nabl e preci si on w i l l be di l uted i n practi ce. Her e
w e p re s e n t th e d i ffe re n t te r ms of di l uti on of preci si on.

D i l u ti o n o f p re c i s i o n (D OP) i s a measure of the qual i ty of the GP S data bei ng received


fro m th e s a te l l i te s . D OP i s a mathemati cal representati on for t he qual i ty of the GPS
p o s i ti o n s o l u ti o n . T h e ma i n factors affecti ng D OP are the numbe r of satel l i tes be ing
tra c k e d a n d w h e re th e s e s a tel l i tes are posi ti oned i n the sky. T he effect of D OP can be
re s o l v e d i n to H D OP , VD OP, P D OP and TD OP .

H D OP (H o ri z o n ta l D i l u ti o n Of P reci si on) i s a measure of how w e l l the posi ti ons of t he


s a te l l i te s , u s e d to g e n e ra te the Lati tude and Longi tude sol uti o ns, are arranged. PDO P
le s s th a n 4 g i v e s th e b e s t a ccuracy, betw een 4 and 8 gi ves acce ptabl e accuracy and
g re a te r th a n 8 g i v e s u n a c c e ptabl e poor accuracy. H i gher H D OP va l ues can be caused if
th e s a te l l i te s a re a t h i g h e l evati ons.

V D OP (Ve rti c a l D i l u ti o n Of P reci si on) i s a measure of how w el l the posi ti ons of t he


s a te l l i te s , u s e d to g e n e ra te the verti cal component of a sol uti on, are arranged. Higher
VDOP values mean less certainty in the solutions and can be caused if the satellites are
a t l o w e l e v a ti o n s .

T D OP (T i me D i l u ti o n Of P re ci si on) i s a measure of how the satel l i te geometry i s af f ect ing


th e a b i l i ty o f th e GP S re c e iver to determi ne ti me.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -19
P rincipals of Oper ation

PD OP (P o s i ti o n a l D i l u ti o n O F P reci si on) i s a measure of overal l uncertai nty i n a G PS


p o s i ti o n s o l u ti o n w i th T D OP not i ncl uded i n the esti mated uncer tai nty. The best PDO P
(l o w e s t v a l u e ) w o u l d o c c u r w i th one satel l i te di rectl y overhead a
n d th re e o th e rs e v e n l y s p a ced about the hori zon. P D OP = S QR T(H D OP ^2 + V D O P^2) .

GD OP (Ge o m e tri c D i l u ti o n Of P reci si on) i s a measure of the over al l uncertai nty in a G PS


p o s i ti o n s o l u ti o n . GD OP = SQR T(TD OP ^2 + H D OP ^2 + V D OP ^2) or i n another for m
GD OP = SQR T (PD OP^ 2 + TD OP ^2). GD OP val ue shoul d be l ess than 5.

T h e Po s i ti o n Ac c u ra c y = D i luti on Of P reci si on (D OP ) ti mes Measu rement P reci si o n. So, if


th e M e a s u re me n t P re c i s i o n = 1m and the D OP = 5, then the best p osi ti on accurac y will be
5m.

6 .1.7 GNS S Augme nta tion


A u g m e n ta ti o n o f GN SS , i s a method of i mprovi ng the navi gati on s ystem accurac y,
re l i a b i l i ty a n d a v a i l a b i l i ty th rough the i ntegrati on of externa l i nformati on i nto the
c a l c u l a ti o n p ro c e s s . S BA S (S atel l i te B ased A ugmentati on S ystem) and R A IM (Receiver
A u to n o m o u s In te g ri ty Mo n i t ori ng S ystem) are GN S S augmentati on s ystems.

S a te llite B a s e d A u g m e n ta tion S ystem (S B A S )


S BA S i s a s y s te m th a t s u p ports w i de-area or regi onal augmentati on through use of
a d d i ti o n a l s a te l l i te b ro a d c ast messages that contai n correcti on al data obtai ned f r om
mu l ti p l e g ro u n d s ta ti o n s a t surveyed l ocati ons.

T h e e ffe c ts o f th e i o n o s p h ere general l y change sl ow l y and can b e averaged over t im e.


T h e e ffe c ts fo r a n y p a rti c u lar geographi cal area can be easi l y cal cul ated by compar ing
th e GPS -m e a s u re d p o s i ti o n to a know n surveyed l ocati on. Thi s co rrecti on i s al so valid f or
o th e r re c e i v e rs i n th e s a me general l ocati on.

T h e d a ta i s tra n s m i tte d v i a satel l i tes i n the S B A S system and i s transmi tted on t he G PS


L 1 fre q u e n c y u s i n g a s p e c i al pseudo-random number, al l ocated fo r S B A S use. This
a l l o w s th e c i v i l i a n L 1 C /A c ode recei vers that support S B A S , to use the correcti onal dat a.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -20
P rincipals of Oper ation

Al l S BA S s a te l l i te s s u p p o rt the same protocol s and therefore ca n support seamless


a u g m e n ta ti o n fro m o n e re g i on to another.

F i g . 6-26 S B A S C overage

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -21
P rincipals of Oper ation

6.1.7.A SBAS Systems

W A A S (W i d e Are a A u g me ntati on System)


D e v e l o p e d a n d m a n a g e d b y the FA A , to augment GP S , w i th the goal of i mprovi n g it s
a c c u ra c y , i n te g ri ty , a n d a v a i l abi l i ty. W A A S i s i ntended to enab l e ai rcraft to rel y on G PS
fo r a l l p h a s e s o f fl i g h t, i n c l udi ng preci si on approaches to any ai rport w i thi n i ts c over age
a re a . T h e s y s te m c o m m u n i cates w i th several ground stati ons and provi des atmo spher ic
c o rre c ti o n s & e a rl y w a rn i n g of GP S fai l ures. The data rate i s h i gher that L1 C /A code at
2 5 0 H z a n d tw o g e o s ta ti o n ary satel l i tes provi de area coverage.

EGN OS ( Eu ro p e a n Ge o s ta ti onary Navi gati on O verl ay System)


M a n a g e d b y th e Eu ro p e a n tri parti te group. C orrecti ons for GP S a nd GLON A S S
S i m i l a rl y to W A AS , EGN OS i s mostl y desi gned for avi ati on users w hi ch enj oy unp er t ur bed
r e c e p ti o n o f d i re c t s i g n a l s f rom three geostati onary satel l i tes up to very hi gh l atit udes.
Th e u s e o f EGN OS o n th e ground, especi al l y i n urban areas i s l i mi ted due to relat ively
l o w e l e v a ti o n o f g e o s ta ti o n ary satel l i tes: about 30° above hori zon i n central E urope and
m u c h l e s s i n th e N o rth o f Europe. To address thi s probl em, E S A rel eased i n 2002
S IS N e T , a n In te rn e t s e rv i c e desi gned for conti nuous del i very of E GN OS si gnal s t o gr ound
u s e rs . SV PR N 1 2 6 i s u s e d for test purposes at thi s ti me (2010) .

M SA S ( M u l ti -F u n c ti o n a l S atel l i te A ugmentati on S ystem


M a n a g e d b y th e J a p a n e s e C i vi l A vi ati on B ureau (JC A B ), a satel l i te navi gati on s yst em
w h i c h s u p p o rts d i ffe re n ti a l GP S , desi gned to suppl ement the GP S system by rep or t ing
( th e n i mp ro v i n g ) o n th e re l iabi l i ty and accuracy of those si gna l s. MS A S for avi ation use
w a s c o mmi s s i o n e d o n S e p t ember 27, 2007. Tw o geostati onary satel l i tes provi de ar ea
c o v e ra g e .

G A GA N ( GP S Ai d e d Ge o A ugmented N avi gati on)


The GAGAN system is a planned implementation of a regional S atel l i te B ased A ugmentati on Syst em
(SBAS) by the In d i a n g o v e rn ment. It is a system to improve the accuracy of a GN S S recei v er by
providing reference signals. Two geostationary satellites will eventually provide area coverage. One SV is
currently deployed, PRN 127.

6.1.7.B RAIM (Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring System)


A u n i q u e a v i a ti o n re q u i re ment of GP S avi oni cs i s R A IM. W hi l e G P S provi des the user
w i th u n p a ra l l e l e d l e v e l s o f a ccuracy, one si gni fi cant defi ci enc y of GP S i s i ntegri ty, or t he
a b i l i ty o f th e s y s te m to p ro vi de a ti mel y w arni ng i f the navi ga ti on sol uti on i s i naccur at e or
e rro n e o u s . N a v i g a ti o n s y s t ems pri or to GP S , parti cul arl y avi at i on appl i cati ons, pr ovided
a me a n s to w a rn th e a i rc ra ft that the si gnal w as outsi de certai n l i mi ts. For example, a
C a te g o ry I IL S p ro v i d e s th i s w arni ng w i thi n si x seconds.

T h e o n l y m e a n s a v a i l a b l e f or the GP S system i tsel f to provi de t he user w i th a w ar ning of


s y s te m u n re l i a b i l i ty i s th ro u gh the data message formi ng part o f the GP S si gnal. The
“h e a l th ” fl a g fo u n d i n s u b frame 4 and 5 w i l l al ert the recei ver to a fai l ure of a GPS
s a te l l i te .

T h e ti m e l a g fro m th e b e g i nni ng of the fai l ure to w hen i t i s i n corporated i n the he alt h f lag
(u p to e i g h t h o u rs ) re p re s e nts an unacceptabl y l ong peri od of t i me for avi ati on.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -22
P rincipals of Oper ation

T o o v e rc o m e th i s , R A IM w as devel oped and i s a mandatory feature of al l avi ati o n- gr ade


re c e i v e rs . R A IM u s e s c o mbi nati ons of satel l i tes to determi ne th e recei ver posi tion.
Sh o u l d a l a rg e d i s c re p a n c y betw een posi ti on sol uti ons occur, a R A IM al ert i s creat ed
rendering the GPS navigator unreliable. Different phases of fli ght use different values of
“i n te g ri ty a l a rm l i m i ts ” p ri o r to i ssui ng a R A IM al ert.

T h e a b i l i ty o f a re c e i v e r to perform R A IM computati ons i s depen dent upon the n um ber of


s a te l l i te s i n v i e w , th e i r g e o metry and the mask angl e w hi ch i s dependent upon the abilit y
o f th e a n te n n a to tra c k s a tel l i tes near the hori zon and any l oc al terrai n. W hereas G PS
n e e d s a m i n i m u m o f fo u r s atel l i tes to produce a three-di mensi on al posi ti on, a mi n im um of
fi v e s a te l l i te s a re re q u i re d for R A IM. For thi s reason, R A IM m ay not be avai l able in
c i rc u ms ta n c e s o f p o o r s a tel l i te coverage or poor satel l i te geom etry.

P h a s e o f F light A lar m Lim it Tim e to A lar m

E n ro u te (o c e a n i c , d o mesti c, random 2.0 nm 30 sec


a n d J V ro u te s )

T e rmi n a l 1.0 nm 10 sec

R N A V A p p ro a c h N o n Preci si on 0.3 nm 10 sec


T a bl e 6-2 R A IM A l arms

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -23
P rincipals of Oper ation

6 .1.8 GP S Mode rniza tion Si g n a l s


A p ro c e s s o f GPS s y s te m moderni zati on i s now underw ay, w hi ch i n vol ves the i ntroduct ion
o f n e w s i g n a l s to p ro v i d e i mprovements i n accuracy and i ntegri t y.

F i g . 6 -2 7 GP S Moderni zati on S i gnal s

6.1.8.A L2CS
T h e L 2 C S s y s te m p ro v i d e s a ci vi l i an-use si gnal transmi tted on a frequency other t han t he
L 1 fre q u e n c y u s e d fo r th e Coarse A cqui si ti on (C /A ) si gnal , and broadcast on the L2
frequency. Because it requires new hardware onboard the satelli te, it is only transmitted
b y th e s o -c a l l e d Bl o c k IIR -M and l ater desi gn satel l i tes. The L 2C S si gnal i s task ed wit h
im p ro v i n g a c c u ra c y o f n a v i g ati on, provi di ng an easy to track si gnal , and acti ng as a
re d u n d a n t s i g n a l i n c a s e o f l ocal i zed i nterference.

U n l i k e th e C /A c o d e , L 2 C S contai ns tw o di sti nct P R N code sequen ces to provi de r anging


in fo rm a ti o n ; th e C i v i l i a n M o derate l ength code (cal l ed C M), and the C i vi l i an Long lengt h
c o d e (c a l l e d C L ). T h e C M code i s 10,230 bi ts l ong, repeati ng ev ery 20 ms. The CL code
is 7 6 7 ,2 5 0 b i ts l o n g , re p e a ti ng every 1500 ms. E ach si gnal i s t ransmi tted at 511 , 500 bit s
p e r s e c o n d (b i t/s ); h o w e v e r, they are mul ti pl exed together to f orm a 1,023,000 bit / s
signal.

C M i s m o d u l a te d w i th th e C N A V N avi gati on Message (see bel ow ), w hereas C L does not


c o n ta i n a n y m o d u l a te d d a ta and i s cal l ed a data-l ess sequence . The l ong, data- less
s e q u e n c e p ro v i d e s fo r a p p roxi matel y 24 dB greater correl ati on ( ~ 250 ti mes strong er ) t han
L 1 C /A-c o d e .
W h e n c o m p a re d to th e C /A si gnal , L2C S has 2.7 dB greater data r ecovery and 0 . 7 dB
g re a te r c a rri e r-tra c k i n g , a l though i ts transmi ssi on pow er i s 2. 3 dB w eaker.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -24
P rincipals of Oper ation

6.1.8.B CNAV Navigation Message


T h e C N A V d a ta i s a n u p g raded versi on of the ori gi nal N A V navi ga ti on message. I t
c o n ta i n s h i g h e r p re c i s i o n representati on and nomi nal l y more acc urate data than t he NAV
d a ta . T h e s a m e ty p e o f i n fo rmati on (Ti me, S tatus, E phemeri s, an d A l manac) i s st ill
tra n s m i tte d u s i n g th e n e w CN A V format; how ever, i nstead of usi n g a frame / sub f r am e
a rc h i te c tu re , i t fe a tu re s a n ew pseudo-packeti zed format made u p of 12-second 300- bit
me s s a g e p a c k e ts .

In C N AV , tw o o u t o f e v e ry f our packets are ephemeri s data and a t l east one of e ver y f our
p a c k e ts w i l l i n c l u d e c l o c k data, but the desi gn al l ow s for a w i de vari ety of packe t s t o be
tra n s m i tte d .

W i th a 3 2 -s a te l l i te c o n s te l l a ti on, and the current requi rements of w hat needs to be sent ,


le s s th a n 7 5 % o f th e b a n d wi dth i s used. Onl y a smal l fracti on o f the avai l abl e packet
ty p e s h a v e b e e n d e fi n e d ; thi s enabl es the system to grow and i n corporate advances.

Im p o r ta n t c h a n g e s in th e new C N A V m essage

C N A V me s s a g e u s e s F o rw a rd E rror C orrecti on (FE C ) i n a rate 1/2 convol uti on code, so


w h i l e th e n a v i g a ti o n me s s age i s 25 bi t/s, a 50 bi t/s si gnal i s transmi tted.

T h e GP S w e e k n u mb e r i s now represented as 13 bi ts, or 8192 w eek s, and onl y repeat s


e v e ry 1 5 7 .0 y e a rs , me a n i n g the next return to zero w on' t occur unti l the year 2137. This
is l o n g e r c o mp a re d to th e L1 N A V message' s use of a 10-bi t w eek number, w hi ch r et ur ns
to z e ro e v e ry 1 9 .6 y e a rs .

T h e re i s a p a c k e t th a t c o n t ai ns a GP S -to-GN S S ti me offset. Thi s al l ow s for


in te ro p e ra b i l i ty w i th o th e r g l obal ti me-transfer systems, such as Gal i l eo and GLO NASS,
b o th o f w h i c h a re s u p p o rte d.

T h e e x tra b a n d w i d th e n a b l es the i ncl usi on of a packet for di ffe renti al correcti on , t o be


u s e d i n a s i mi l a r ma n n e r to S B A S and w hi ch can be used to corre ct the L1 N A V clock
d a ta .

E v e ry p a c k e t c o n ta i n s a n a l ert fl ag, to be set i f the satel l i te data can not be trust ed. This
me a n s u s e rs w i l l k n o w w i th i n 6 seconds i f a satel l i te i s no l on ger usabl e. S uch rapid
n o ti fi c a ti o n i s i m p o rta n t fo r safety-of-l i fe appl i cati ons, such as avi ati on.

F i n a l l y , th e s y s te m i s d e s i g ned to support 63 satel l i tes, compa red w i th 32 i n the L1 NAV


me s s a g e .

L 2 C S F re q u e n c y i n fo rm a ti on

A n i mme d i a te e ffe c t o f h a v ing tw o ci vi l i an frequenci es bei ng tr ansmi tted i s the c ivilian


re c e i v e rs c a n n o w d i re c tl y measure the i onospheri c error i n the same w ay as dual
fre q u e n c y P (Y)-c o d e re c e i v ers. H ow ever, i f a user i s uti l i zi ng the L2C si gnal al one, t hey
c a n e x p e c t 6 5 % m o re p o s i t i on uncertai nty than w i th the L1 si gna l .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -25
P rincipals of Oper ation

6.1.8.C L5
C i v i l i a n , s a fe ty o f l i fe s i g n a l pl anned to be avai l abl e w i th fi rst GP S IIF l aunch (2009) . Two
P R N ra n g i n g c o d e s a re tra nsmi tted on L5: the i n-phase code (den oted as the I5- code) ;
a n d th e q u a d ra tu re -p h a s e c ode (denoted as the Q5-code). B oth co des are 10,230 bit s
lo n g a n d tra n s mi tte d a t 1 0 . 23 MH z (1ms repeti ti on). In addi ti on , the I5 stream i s
mo d u l a te d w i th a 1 0 -b i t N e u man-H ofman code that i s cl ocked at 1 kH z and the Q5- code is
mo d u l a te d w i th a 2 0 -b i t N e uman-H ofman code that i s al so cl ocked at 1 kH z.

• Imp ro v e s s i g n a l s tructure for enhanced performance


• H i g h e r tra n s m i tte d pow er than L1/L2 si gnal (-3 dB , or tw i ce as pow erful )
• W i d e r b a n d w i d th p ro vi des a 10× processi ng gai n
• L o n g e r s p re a d i n g c o des (10× l onger than C /A )
• U s e s th e Ae ro n a u ti c al R adi o-N avi gati on S ervi ces band
• T h e re c e n tl y l a u n c h ed GP S IIR -M7 satel l i te transmi ts a demonstr ati on of t his
signal.

L 5 N a v ig a tio n m e s s a g e
T h e L 5 C N A V d a ta i n c l u d e s S V ephemeri des, system ti me, S V cl ock behavi or dat a, st at us
me s s a g e s a n d ti me i n fo rm a ti on, etc. The 50 bi t/s data i s coded i n a rate 1/2 convolut ion
c o d e r. T h e re s u l ti n g 1 0 0 s y mbol s per second (sps) symbol stream i s modul o-2 added t o
th e I5 -c o d e o n l y ; th e re s u l t ant bi t-trai n i s used to modul ate t he L5 i n-phase (I5) car r ier .
T h i s c o m b i n e d s i g n a l w i l l b e cal l ed the L5 D ata si gnal . The L5 quadrature-phase ( Q 5)
c a rri e r h a s n o d a ta a n d w i l l be cal l ed the L5 P i l ot si gnal .

L 5 F r e q u e n c y in fo r m a tio n
B ro a d c a s t o n th e L 5 fre q u e ncy (1176.45 MH z, 10.23 MH z × 115), w hi ch i s an
a e ro n a u ti c a l n a v i g a ti o n b a nd. The frequency w as chosen so that the avi ati on com m unit y
c a n m a n a g e i n te rfe re n c e to L5 more effecti vel y than L2.

6.1.8.D L1C
C i v i l i a n u s e s i g n a l , b ro a d c a st on the L1 frequency (1575.42 MH z ), w hi ch current ly
c o n ta i n s th e C /A s i g n a l u s e d by al l current GP S users. The L1C w i l l be avai l abl e wit h f ir st
B l o c k III l a u n c h , c u rre n tl y s chedul ed for 2013. The P R N codes a re 10,230 bi ts l ong and
tra n s m i tte d a t 1 .0 2 3 Mb p s . It uses both P i l ot and D ata carri ers l i ke L2C .

T h e mo d u l a ti o n te c h n i q u e used i s B OC (1,1) for the data si gnal a nd TMB OC for the pilot .
T h e T i m e M u l ti p l e x e d Bi n a r y Offset C arri er (TMB OC ) i s B OC (1,1) for al l except 4 of 33
c y c l e s , w h e n i t s w i tc h e s to B OC (6,1). Of the total L1C si gnal p ow er, 25% i s al l o cat ed t o
th e d a ta a n d 7 5 % to th e p i lot. Impl ementati on provi des C /A code to ensure:

• B a c k w a rd c o m p a ti b i l i ty.
• 1.5 dB increase in minimum C/A code power to mitigate any noise floor increase.
• D a ta -l e s s s i g n a l c o mponent pi l ot carri er i mproves tracki ng.
• Gre a te r c i v i l i n te ro perabi l i ty w i th Gal i l eo L1.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -26
P rincipals of Oper ation

C N A V -2 N a v ig a tio n m e s s age
T h e L 1 C n a v i g a ti o n m e s s a g e, cal l ed C N A V -2, i s 1800 bi ts (i ncl ud i ng FE C ) and is
tra n s mi tte d a t 1 0 0 b i t/s . It contai ns 9-bi t ti me i nformati on, 6 00-bi t ephemeri s, an d 274- bit
p a c k e ti z e d d a ta p a y l o a d

6.1.8.E M Code (Military)


A m a j o r c o m p o n e n t o f th e m oderni zati on process, a new mi l i tary si gnal cal l ed M- code
w a s d e s i g n e d to fu rth e r i m p rove the anti -j ammi ng and secure acc ess of the mi l i t ar y G PS
s i g n a l s . T h e M-c o d e i s tra n smi tted i n the same L1 and L2 freque nci es al ready i n use by
th e p re v i o u s m i l i ta ry c o d e , the P (Y ) code. The new si gnal i s sh aped to pl ace most of it s
e n e rg y a t th e e d g e s (a w a y from the exi sti ng P (Y ) and C /A carri e rs).

U n l i k e th e P (Y) c o d e , th e M -code i s desi gned to be autonomous, meani ng that u ser s can


c a l c u l a te th e i r p o s i ti o n s u si ng onl y the M-code si gnal . P (Y ) co de recei vers must t ypically
fi rs t l o c k o n to th e C /A c o d e and then transfer to l ock onto the P (y)-code.

T h e M -c o d e i s i n te n d e d to be broadcast from a hi gh-gai n di recti onal antenna, i n addit ion


to a w i d e a n g l e (fu l l Ea rth ) antenna. The di recti onal antenna' s si gnal , termed a spot
b e a m , i s i n te n d e d to b e a i m ed at a speci fi c regi on (i .e. several hu ndred ki l ometer s in
d i a m e te r) a n d i n c re a s e th e l ocal si gnal strength by 20 dB (10X vol tage fi el d stre ngt h,
1 0 0 X p o w e r). A s i d e e ffe c t of havi ng tw o antennas i s that the G P S satel l i te w i l l appear t o
b e tw o GPS s a te l l i te s o c c u pyi ng the same posi ti on to those i nsi de the spot beam .

W h i l e th e fu l l -Ea rth M-c o d e si gnal i s avai l abl e on the B l ock II R -M satel l i tes, the spot
b e a m a n te n n a s w i l l n o t b e avai l abl e unti l the B l ock III satel l i tes are depl oyed.

O th e r M-c o d e c h a ra c te ri s ti cs are:

• S a te l l i te s w i l l tra n s mi t tw o di sti nct si gnal s from tw o antennas : one for w hole Ear t h
c o v e ra g e , o n e i n a s pot beam.
• Mo d u l a ti o n i s B i n a ry Offset C arri er (B OC ) and occupi es 24 MH z o f bandwidt h
• U s e s a n e w MN AV n avi gati onal message, w hi ch i s packeti zed i nste ad of f r am ed,
a l l o w i n g fo r fl e x i b l e data payl oads
• T h e re a re fo u r e ffe cti ve data channel s; di fferent data can be s ent on eac h
fre q u e n c y a n d o n e ach antenna.
• C a n i n c l u d e F E C a nd error detecti on
• T h e s p o t b e a m i s ~ 2 0 dB more pow erful than the w hol e E arth cove rage beam M -
c o d e s i g n a l a t E a rth ' s surface: -158 dB W for w hol e E arth antenn a, -138 dBW f or
s p o t b e a m a n te n n a s .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -27
P rincipals of Oper ation

6 .1.9 T he Galile o S y s tem


Ga l i l e o i s th e Eu ro p e a n g l o bal navi gati on satel l i te system w hi c h provi des a hi ghly
a c c u ra te , g u a ra n te e d g l o b al posi ti oni ng servi ce under ci vi l i an control . It i s i nter-oper able
w i th GP S a n d GL ON AS S, the tw o other gl obal satel l i te navi gati on systems.

F i g . 6 -2 8 G al i l eo S atel l i te (GIOV E Test S V )

A u s e r c a n ta k e a p o s i ti o n w i th the same recei ver from any of t he satel l i tes i n a ny


c o m b i n a ti o n . By o ffe ri n g d ual frequenci es as standard, Gal i l eo del i vers real -ti me
p o s i ti o n i n g a c c u ra c y d o w n to the metre range. Gal i l eo guarantee s avai l abi l i ty of t he
s e rv i c e u n d e r a l l b u t th e most extreme ci rcumstances and i nform s users w i thi n seconds
o f a fa i l u re o f a n y s a te l l i te . Thi s makes i t sui tabl e for appl i cati ons w here safety is
c ru c i a l , s u c h a s ru n n i n g trai ns, gui di ng cars and l andi ng ai rcr aft.

T h e fi rs t e x p e ri me n ta l s a te ll i te, part of the so-cal l ed Gal i l eo S ystem Test B ed (GSTB- V1) ,


w a s l a u n c h e d i n 2 0 0 3 . T h e obj ecti ve of thi s satel l i te w as to ch aracteri ze the cri tical
te c h n o l o g i e s , d e v e l o p e d u nder E S A contracts. Tw o i ni ti al test s atel l i tes w ere l aunched
GIOV E-A , i n 2 0 0 5 , a n d GIOV E -B , i n 2008, to val i date the basi c G al i l eo space se gm ent .
F o u r In Orb i t V a l i d a ti o n (IOV ) satel l i tes are schedul ed to be l aunched i n the 2010 t o 2011
ti m e fra m e , to c o mp l e te th e val i dati on of the space segment i n conj uncti on w i th t he
g ro u n d s e g m e n t. A fu rth e r 16 satel l i tes are currentl y funded, w hi ch w i l l provi de a
mi n i mu m o p e ra ti o n a l c a p a b i l i ty. The bal ance of 14 satel l i tes re qui red to reach Full
Op e ra ti o n a l C a p a b i l i ty (F OC), as of 2010, are not currentl y fun ded.

T h e fu l l y d e p l o y e d Ga l i l e o system w i l l consi st of 30 satel l i tes (27 operati onal + 3 act ive


s p a re s ), p o s i ti o n e d i n th re e ci rcul ar Medi um E arth Orbi t (ME O) pl anes at 23 222 km
a l ti tu d e a b o v e th e Ea rth , a nd at an i ncl i nati on of the orbi tal pl anes of 56 degrees wit h
re fe re n c e to th e e q u a to ri a l pl ane. The Gal i l eo navi gati on si gna l s provi de good c over age
e v e n a t l a ti tu d e s u p to 7 5 degrees north, w hi ch corresponds to the N orth C ape, and
beyond.

T h e l a rg e n u m b e r o f s a te l l i t es together w i th the opti mi zati on o f the constel l ati on, and t he


a v a i l a b i l i ty o f th e th re e a c ti ve spare satel l i tes, ensures that the l oss of one sate llit e has
n o d i s c e rn i b l e e ffe c t o n th e user. The use of B OC (B i nary Offse t C arri er) Modul at ion
mi n i mi z e s i n te rfe re n c e w i th GP S B P S K .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -28
P rincipals of Oper ation

6.1.9.A Ground Element


T w o Ga l i l e o C o n tro l C e n te r s:
• L o c a te d i n E u ro p e
• C o m b i n e ra n g e o f faci l i ti es: orbi t control , i ntegri ty, mi ssi on control , satellit e
c o n tro l , s e rv i c e s p ro ducts, P reci se Ti me Faci l i ti es (P TF)

F i fte e n Ga l i l e o U p -L i n k Stati ons:


• L o c a te d a ro u n d th e gl obe
• F i v e T e l e m e try , T e l ecommand and Tracki ng S tati ons
• N i n e Mi s s i o n U p -L i nk S tati ons

T h i rty Ga l i l e o Se n s o r Sta ti o ns:


• L o c a te d a ro u n d th e gl obe
• Mo n i to r q u a l i ty o f the satel l i te navi gati on si gnal (S i gnal In S pace, SIS) Services

6.1.9.B Services
T h e Ga l i l e o s y s te m c o n s i s ts of fi ve mai n servi ces:

OS (Op e n Se r v ic e ) :
' F re e to a i r' a n d fo r u s e b y the mass market; S i mpl e ti mi ng and posi ti oni ng dow n t o
1 me te r.

C S (C o m m e r c ia l Se r v ic e ) (E ncrypted):
H i g h e r d a ta ra te , i m p ro v e d accuracy to the centi meter. Guarante ed servi ce for which
s e rv i c e p ro v i d e rs c h a rg e fees.

S o L (Sa fe ty Of L ife ):
Op e n s e rv i c e ; F o r a p p l i c a tions w here guaranteed accuracy i s ess ential; Integrity
me s s a g e s w i l l w a rn o f e rro rs.

P R S (Pu b lic R e g u la te d Ser vice): (E ncrypted):


C o n ti n u o u s a v a i l a b i l i ty e v e n i n ti me of cri si s; Government agen ci es w i l l be mai n user s.

S A R (Se a r c h A n d R e s c u e ):
S y s te m p i c k s u p d i s tre s s b e acon l ocati ons; Feasi bl e to send fee dback, confi rmi ng help is
o n i ts w a y . B a s e d o n C o s p as-S arsat system re-broadcasts di stres s messages.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -29
P rincipals of Oper ation

Sig n a l E 5 (E5a + E 5b) E1

C e n tre 1 1 9 1 .7 9 5 (E 5) 1575.42
F re q u e n c y
1 1 7 6 .4 5 (E 5 a) 1207.14
(E 5b)

Nominal 5 1 .1 5 (E 5 ) 24.552
B a n d w i d th
2 0 .4 6 (E 5 a ) 20.46
(E 5b)

Mo d u l a ti o n AL T B OC IN TE R P LE X /C B OC

S u b -c a rri e r a -I a -Q b-I b-Q A B C

Sub- No No N one No B OC (15 C B OC ( C B OC (


mo d u l a ti o n ne ne ne ,2.5) 6,1,1) 6,1,1)

S e rv i c e s F/ Pil I/N A V Pil G/N A V I/N A V P i l ot


NA ot (OS /C S / ot (P R S ) (OS /
V S oL) CS/
(O S oL)
S)

C o d e R a te 10. 10. 10.23 10. 2.5575 1.023 1.023


(Mc /s ) 23 23 23

E n c ry p te d No No No No Y es No No

Sequence 102 102 10230 x 102 25575 x 4092 x 4092 x


L e n g th 30 30 4 30 1 1 25
(p ri m a ry x x x x
s e c o n d a ry ) 20 100 100

S y mb o l 50 N /A 250 N /A 100 250 N /A


ra te (s p s )

T a bl e 6-3 Galileo Signals

6.1.9.C GPS Receivers


S ig n a l
T h e s tre n g th o f th e re c e i v ed GP S si gnal rel i es on the fol l ow i ng parameters:
• S i g n a l s tre n g th o f satel l i te
• A tte n u a ti o n i n tra n s mi tter hardw are
• Ga i n o f tra n s mi s s i o n antenna (i n di recti on to the recei ver)
• F re e s p a c e l o s s d u e to di stance of satel l i te and recei ver
• A tte n u a ti o n b y th e a tmosphere (negl i gi bl e)
• D e fl e c ti o n a n d s u p e rposi ti on of the di rect si gnal by refl ected i ndi rect si g nals
(mu l ti p a th )
• Ga i n o f re c e i v e r a n tenna
• A tte n u a ti o n i n re c e i ver hardw are
• S i g n a l tra c k i n g te c h ni que

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -30
P rincipals of Oper ation

N o is e
T h e l e v e l o f n o i s e s e e n b y a GP S recei ver consi sts mai nl y of th ermal noi se but also
b a c k g ro u n d a n d i n te r-mo d ul ati on noi se. Most of the si ngl e i nfl u ences are consta nt or can
b e a s s u m e d to b e c o n s ta n t i n the order of measurement accuracy.

SN C
Many GPS receivers indicate signal strengths in manufacturer specific units, which are
determined from measurements made on the signals by the signal processing hardware.
The values are the result of integrating the output of a signal cor relator, that is fed the
noisy input signal and a clean local replica of the expected PRN code. The integrated
result is a linear indication of the signal-to-noise-ratio, over the bandwidth of the
correlated signals.

In any particular receiver, this result can vary due to differences in receiver bandwidth
a n d i n te g ra ti o n ti me . Ofte n the resul t i s scal ed to be consi ste nt across a product r ange.
T h e re s u l ta n t v a l u e s a re o f ten referred to as S N C (S i gnal -to-N o i se-C ounts) and ar e
s c a l e d to m a tc h a me a s u re m ent made over a 1K H z bandw i dth. The 1 K H z comes f r om t he
fa c t th a t m a n y o f th e e a rl y recei vers i ntegrated for 1 mi l l i sec ond, resul ti ng i n an ef f ect ive
1 K H z b a n d w i d th .

C o n v e r tin g SN C to S N R
N o rm a l l y S N R (Si g n a l to N o i se R ati o) i s expressed as a pow er ra ti o on a l ogari thm ic
s c a l e i n s te a d o f a n a m p l i tu de rati o on a l i near scal e.

T o c o n v e rt:
• S N C i n a 1 K H z b a n d w i dth = (sA /nA ).
• W h e re s A = S i g n a l Ampl i tude and nA i s the N oi se A mpl i tude.
• S N R i n a 1 K H z b a n d w i dth [i n dB ] = 20* Log10(S N C ) - 3db

C o n v e r tin g to C /N 0
A m o re te c h n i c a l l y p re c i s e and common measurement of GN S S si gna l strength is known
a s C /N 0 (c a rri e r-to -n o i s e d ensi ty) and i s the rati o of recei ved carri e r (i .e., si gna l) power
to n o i s e d e n s i ty .
M a n y re c e i v e rs h a v e th e a b i l i ty to di spl ay or output val ues i n these uni ts how eve r , t hese
v a l u e s a re n o t me a s u re d d irectl y, but are cal cul ated from the d i rectl y measured SNC
c o u n t v a l u e s , re fe r to ta b l e 6-4.

N OT E :
C /N 0 i s n o t th e s a m e a s S NR (si gnal -to-noi se rati o), al though the terms ar e som et im es
u s e d i n te rc h a n g e a b l y . Effe cti vel y, C /N 0 assumes that the noi se has i nfi ni te bandwidt h
(a n d th u s p o w e r) a n d th e re fore characteri zes i t usi ng a densi ty , that i s, as the a m ount of
n o i s e p o w e r p e r u n i t o f b a n dw i dth.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -31
P rincipals of Oper ation

C /N 0 = th e S N R (u s u a l l y i n dB ) i n a 1H z bandw i dth. That bandw i dth i s typi cal l y 1000


t i me s l e s s th a n th e a c tu a l recei ver bandw i dth, w hi ch i mpl i es a 30db change i n dB- power
u n i ts :

• C /N 0 = S N R [d B]@ 1 K H z + 30db
• T h e re fo re . C /N 0 = 3 0 + 10* Log10(S N C ^2/2)
• = 3 0 + 1 0 * L o g 1 0 (S NC ^2) – 3
• = 2 7 + 2 0 * L o g 1 0 (S NC )

SN C S N R ( dB - 1K H z) C /N 0 (dB - 1H z)

3 6 .5 36.5
(very w eak si gnal )

5 11 41

10 7 47

20 23 53

30 2 6 .5 56.5

40 29 59
(very strong si gnal )

T a b l e 6-4 S N C , S N R and C /N 0

C /N 0 p ro v i d e s a m e tri c th a t i s more useful for compari ng one GP S re cei ver to anot her
t h a n SN R b e c a u s e th e b a n dw i dth of the recei vers i s el i mi nated i n the compari so n.
H i g h e r C /N 0 re s u l ts i n re d u ced data bi t error rate (w hen extracti ng the na vi gati o n dat a
fro m th e GP S s i g n a l s ) a n d reduced carri er and code tracki ng l oo p j i tter. R educe d car r ier
a n d c o d e tra c k i n g l o o p j i tte r, i n turn, resul ts i n l ess noi sy r ange measurements and t hus
mo re p re c i s e p o s i ti o n i n g .

D e te r m in in g N o is e F ig u r e
Ge n e ra l l y , th e GPS d e c o d i n g chi pset on a recei ver determi nes th e mi ni mum C /N 0 r at io,
re q u i re d to a c h i e v e a p o s i ti on fi x. H ow ever, i t i s the noi se fi gure of the enti re receiver
th a t d e te rmi n e s th e C /N 0 ra ti o that you can achi eve at a gi ven pow er l evel . W he n
m e a s u ri n g s e n s i ti v i ty i t i s i mportant to know the mi ni mum C /N 0 rati o requi red to achieve
a p o s i ti o n fi x .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -32
P rincipals of Oper ation

R e fe r to ta b l e 6 -5 . As s u mi n g a constant satel l i te pow er, you ca n observe that the


C /N 0 ra ti o re p o rte d b y th e recei ver i s a functi on of the noi se fi gu re of the recei v er .

N o is e R F P ower C /N 0
F ig u r e Level

1 dB -143 dB m 31 dB -H z

2 dB -143 dB m 30 dB -H z

3 dB -143 dB m 29 dB -H z

4 dB -143 dB m 28 dB -H z

5 dB -143 dB m 27 dB -H z

6 dB -143 dB m 26 dB -H z

T a b l e 6 -5 C / N 0 as a Functi on of N oi se Fi gure

T h e n o i s e fi g u re o f a re c e i ver i s di rectl y proporti onal to the R F pow er l evel and C/ N 0


ra ti o . B a s e d o n th i s re l a ti o nshi p, you can measure the recei ver s noi se fi gure by applying
th e fo l l o w i n g fo rmu l a . N figure = -174dB m/H z + S V pow er + C /N 0

F o r e x a m p l e : -1 7 4 .0 d B m + -136.1 dB m + 30.0 dB -H z = 7.9 dB .

R o u n d in g C /N 0
R e c e i v e rs th a t s u p p o rt th e N ME A -183 protocol , report satel l i te C /N 0 to the nearest
d e c i ma l d i g i t, th e re fo re e s ti mati ng noi se fi gure beyond one di g i t of preci si on requir es you
to i n v e s ti g a te th e C /N 0 ro u ndi ng of the recei ver.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -33
P rincipals of Oper ation

T a b l e 6 -6 e x a m p l e re s u l ts s how that R F pow er l evel s betw een -13 6.6 and -135.7 dBm all
p ro d u c e th e s a m e C /N 0 ra ti o of 30 dB -H z. B ased on the roundi ng pri nci pl es i nvolved
w h e n re p o rti n g N M EA -1 8 3 data, i t i s safe to assume that a pow er l evel of -136.1 dBm
p ro d u c e s a C /N 0 ra ti o o f 3 0 .0 dB -H z.

R F P ower R eceiver C /N 0
Level

-1 3 5 .6 dB m 31 dB -H z

-1 3 5 .7 dB m 31 dB -H z

-1 3 5 .8 dB m 30 dB -H z

-1 3 5 .9 dB m 30 dB -H z

-1 3 6 .0 dB m 30 dB -H z

-1 3 6 .1 dB m 30 dB -H z

-1 3 6 .2 dB m 30 dB -H z

-1 3 6 .3 dB m 30 dB -H z

-1 3 6 .4 dB m 30 dB -H z

-1 3 6 .5 dB m 30 dB -H z

-1 3 6 .6 dB m 30 dB -H z

-1 3 6 .7 dB m 30 dB -H z

-1 3 6 .8 dB m 29 dB -H z

-1 3 6 .9 dB m 29 dB -H z

-1 3 7 .0 dB m 29 dB -H z

-1 3 7 .1 dB m 29 dB -H z

T a b l e 6 -6 C o rre l a ti on of R F P ow er Level and R ecei ver C /N 0

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -34
P rincipals of Oper ation

T H IS P AGE IN TE N TION A LLY LE FT B LA N K .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


6 -35
C h a p t e r 7 - Pro d u c t Sp e c if ic a t io n s

7.1 GE N E R A T O R
RF Output Level Direct:- -93 to -155 dBm in 1 dB steps.
± 2 dB accuracy into 50

DC Isolation: 50V DC

RF Output Level
Ant Coupler:- -68 dBm to -130 dBm in 1 dB steps,
± 2 dB accuracy into 50

Signal Quality: Spurious: <-35 dBc over the bandwidth (40 MHz)
Harmonics: -<-45dBc

External Modulation
Input: TTL

Carriers: Single (GPS and Galileo channels may be mixed)

GPS Carriers: L1: 1575.420 MHz (C/A, pseudo P(Y), SBAS)


L1 no P(y): 1575.420 MHz (C/A, SBAS) )
L1C: 1575.420 MHz
L2: 1227.600 MHz (pseudo P(Y)
L2C: 1227.600 MHz
L5: 1176.450 MHz (New Civil SOL)

Galileo Carriers: E1/L1: 1575.420 MHz (PRS, OS, CS, SOL) (pseudo-G/NAVL)
E5a: 1191.795 MHz (OS, F/NAV)
E5b: 1207.140 MHz (OS,CS,SOL,I/NAV)

Accuracy: Same as Master Oscillator

Inter Channel Bias: Zero (Digital Design)

Channels: 1-6, 1-12 SV simulation, selectable


GPS: PRN=1 to 32.
Galileo: PRN=1 to 30.
SBAS: PRN=120 to138.

User Defined Doppler


Error: Selectable frequency offset ± 5.0 kHz 1Hz increment

Amplitude Offset: Sets SV carrier amplitude offset from nominal +/-15dB in .1dB increments.

Step Error: Sets SV psuedo range error +/- 1km in .1m increments or
32,808.4 ft in .1ft increments (used for RAIM testing)

Satellite Health: Allows selection of GOOD or BAD (carried in GPS Nav Data)

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


7 - 1
P rincipals of Oper ation

GENERATOR (cont)

Gal Integrity: Allows selection of CONNECTED or DISCONNECTED.


(Carried in Galileo Nav Data*)

Code Carrier Coherence: Sets frequency variation between code carriers


Range 2m/S or 6.562 ft/S
Increment 1mm/S or 001 ft/S

L1 C/A code: Code Rate: 1.023 Mc/s


Primary Code Length: 1023 bits
Modulation: BPSK
Symbol Rate: 50 sps

SBAS Codes: WAAS/EGNOS L1/L5

L1C Code: Code Rate: 1.023 Mc/s


Primary Code length: 10,230 bits
Modulation: BPSK

L1 P(Y) pseudo code: Code Rate: 10.230 Mc/s


Primary Code Length: 15,345,000 bits
Modulation: BPSK
NOTE: Long random codes simulated

L2C Code: CM Code Rate: 511.500 b/s


Primary Code length: 10,230 bits
CL Code Rate: 511.500 b/s
NOTE: Long random codes simulated
Primary Code length: 767,250 bits
Modulation: QPSK

L5 Code: Code Rate: 10.230 Mc/s


Primary Code length: 10,230 bits
Modulation: QPSK

Galileo Codes From Open Service SIS ICD, Draft 1, European Space Agency/
European GNSS Supervisory Authority

Signal E5 (E5a + E5b) E1


1191.795 (E5)
Centre Frequency 1575.42
1176.45 (E5a) 1207.14 (E5b)
51.15 (E5)
Nominal Bandwidth 24.552
20.46 (E5a) 20.46 (E5b)
Modulation ALTBOC INTERPLEX/CBOC
Sub-carrier a-I a-Q b-I b-Q A B C

Sub-modulation None None None None BOC(15,2.5) CBOC(6,1,1) CBOC(6,1,1)

F/NAV I/NAV G/NAV I/NAV


Services Pilot Pilot Pilot
(OS) (OS/CS/SoL) (PRS) (OS/CS/SoL)
Code Rate
10.23 10.23 10.23 10.23 2.5575 1.023 1.023
(Mc/s)
Encrypted No No No No Yes No No
Sequence Length
10230 10230 10230
(primary x second- 10230 x 4 25575 x 1 4092 x 1 4092 x 25
x 20 x 100 x 100
ary)
Symbol rate (sps) 50 N/A 250 N/A 100 250 N/A

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


7 - 2
P rincipals of Oper ation

GENERATOR (cont)

NAV Data: Navigation Data is computed in real-time to match the simulation


Positional Simulation: Maximum Relative Velocity (Range Rate) ± 1000 kts
Maximum Relative Jerk ± 500 m/s3
Maximum Altitude 100,000 ft
Positional Simulation
Accuracy: Pseudorange <2mm (RMS)
Pseudorange Rate <1mm/s (RMS) with respect to master oscillator
Pseudorange Jerk ±0.02 m/s3 (RMS over >1s)
Delta Pseudorange <2mm (RMS)
Interchannel Code Phase Alignment ± 0.02 m (RSS)
Interchannel Carrier Phase Alignment ± 0.265mm (RSS)

7.2 M A S T E R OS C IL L A TOR
Frequency: 10 MHz nominal (* see note)

Temperature Stability:± ±0.05 ppm

Aging Rate: ±0.3 ppm/yr, ± 2.5 ppm/ 10 yr

Uncertainty: ±1 ppm

External Reference Input

Input Level: 0.25 to 6.0 Vp-p

Input Impedance:50 ohm nominal

Input Frequency:10.0 MHz ±10 Hz

External Reference Output

Output Level: 1.5 Vp-p nominal into 50

Output Frequency:10.0 MHz nominal

Reliability

MTBF: >10000 hrs

MTTR: 1hr

7.3 COU P L E R
Type: Patch in RF Absorbent Foam

Coupling: -21.5 dB typical at 1575.420 MHz.

Isolation: > 25 dB at 1575.42 MHz


> 30 dB typical at 1575.42 MHz

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


7 - 3
P rincipals of Oper ation

7.4 BA T T E R Y
Type: Lithium Ion, Removable Pack

Voltage: 14.4 VDC

Capacity: 6.75 AH

Duration: 4 hrs

Note: Battery charging temperature range: 0° to 45°C.

7.5 DC IN P U T
Input Voltage Range: 11 to 32 VDC

Maximum Input Power: 75 W

Maximum Current Input: 5 A

7.6 PH Y S IC A L C H A R A CTERISTICS
Height: 10.63 inches (27.0 cm)

Width: 13.97 inches (35.5 cm)

Depth: 3.425 inches (8.7 cm)

Weight (Test set only): 15.5 lbs. (7 kg)

7.7 EN V IR O N ME N T A L
Test Set Certifications

Operational Temperature: -20° to 55° C

Storage Temperature:- -51° to 71° C when no battery is installed

Operational Humidity: MIL-PRF-28800F Class 2

Storage Humidity: MIL-PRF-28800F Class 2

Altitude: 4600 meters Class 1

Vibration Limits: MIL-PRF-28800F Class 2

Shock, Function: MIL-PRF-28800F Class 2

Transit Drop: MIL-PRF-28800F Class 2

Drip Proof: MIL-PRF-28800F Class 2

Dust: MIL-PRF-28800F Class 1

Salt Fog: MIL-PRF-28800F Class 1

Explosive Atmosphere: MIL-PRF-28800F Class 1

EMI/EMC: MIL-PRF-28800F and EN-61010-1

Safety Compliance: UL-61010-1 and


EN-61010-1

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


7 - 4
P rincipals of Oper ation

E NV IRONME NTAL (cont)

EMC

Emissions: MIL-PRF28800F Class 2


EN 61326:1998 Class A
EN 61000-3-2
EN 61000-3-3

Immunity: MIL-PRF28800F Class 2


EN 61326:1998Class A

External AC-DC Converter Certifications

Safety Compliance: UL 1950 DS


CSA 22.2 No. 234
VDE EN 60 950

EMI/RFI Compliance: FCC Docket 20780 Curve "B"

EMC: EN 61326

External AC to DC Converter

Use: Indoors

Altitude: < 10,000 m

Operating Temperature: 0° to 40° C

Storage Temperature: -20° to 71° C

Transit Case Certifications

Drop Test: FED-STD-101C Method 5007.1 Paragraph 6.3,

Procedure A, Level A

Falling Dart Impact: ATA 300 Category I

Vibration, Loose Cargo: FED-STD-101C Method 5019

Vibration, Sweep: ATA 300 Category I

Simulated Rainfall: MIL-STD-810F Method 506.4 Procedure II of 4.1.2

FED-STD-101C: Method 5009.1 Sec 6.7.1

Immersion: MIL-STD-810F Method 512.4

7.8 AC C E S S OR IE S
RF Coax Cable x 1: Low Loss Coax 50 ft loss calibrated

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


7 - 5
P rincipals of Oper ation

T H IS P AGE IN TE N TION A LLY LE FT B LA N K .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


7 - 6
Ap p e n d ix A
Pin - Ou t T a b le s

E T H E R N E T C ON N E CTOR

F i g . A-1 E thernet P i n-Out D i agram

Pin N u m b e r S ig n a l Type S ignal Type Function


1 D ata Transmi t + E thernet TX +
2 D ata Transmi t - E thernet TX -
3 D ata R ecei ve + E thernet R X +
4 NC NC
5 NC NC
6 D ata R ecei ve - E thernet R X -
7 NC NC
8 NC NC

U S B H O S T 1 C O N N ECTOR

F i g . A-2 U S B H ost 1 P i n-Out D i agram

Pin N u m b e r S ig n a l Type S ignal Type Function


1 Pow er VCC U S B P ow er
2 D ata D ata - U S B D ata -
3 D ata D ata + U S B D ata +
4 GN D GN D Ground

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


A - 1
U S B H O S T 2 C O N N ECTOR

F i g . A-3 U S B H ost 2 P i n-Out D i agram

Pin N u m b e r S ig n a l Type S ignal Type Function


1 Pow er VCC U S B P ow er
2 D ata D ata - U S B D ata -
3 D ata D ata + U S B D ata +
4 GN D GN D Ground

U S B OT G C ON N E C TOR

F i g . A-4 U S B OTG P i n-Out D i agram

Pin N u m b e r S ig n a l Type S ignal Type Function


1 Pow er VCC U S B P ow er
2 D ata D ata - U S B D ata -
3 D ata D ata + U S B D ata +
4 C o ntrol ID Identi fy
5 GN D GN D Ground

D C P OWE R C O N N E CTOR

F i g . A-5 DC Power Connector Pin-Out Diagram


Pin N u m b e r S ig n a l Type S ignal Type Function
In n e r P o w er VCC H H C P P ow er
Ou te r GN D GN D Ground

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


A - 2
AUX CONNECTOR

F i g . A-6 AUX Connector Pin-Out Diagram


P in N u m b e r S ig n a l Type S ignal Type Function
1 D ATA A R IN C 429 i n A A R IN C 429
C hannel 1 R X A
2 D ATA A R IN C 429 i n B A R IN C 429
C hannel 1 R X B
3 NC NC
4 D ATA A R IN C 429 Out A A R IN C 429
C hannel 1 TX A
5 D ATA A R IN C 429 Out B A R IN C 429
C hannel 1 TX B
6 NC NC
7 C o n trol R S 232 C TS R S 232 C l ear to
S end
8 D ATA R S 232 TX 1 R S 232 Transmi t
9 C o n trol R S 232 R TS 1 R S 232 R eady to
S end
10 D ATA R S 232 R X R S 232 R ecei ve
11 NC NC
12 NC NC
13 NC NC
14 NC NC
15 NC NC
16 NC NC
17 E x t T ri g g er Output 3.3V LV TTL Tri gger Out
18 NC NC
19 E x t T ri g g er Input 3.3V LV TTL Tri gger In
20 NC NC
21 NC NC
22 NC NC
23 NC NC
24 NC NC
25 D ATA 1 P P S S ync 2 One P ul se P er
S econd
26 GN D GN D Ground

NOTE 1: RS 232 Settings - Baud Rate 4800, 8 Data Bits, No Parity, 1 Stop Bit.
NOTE 2: Accuracy of 1 PPS signal in relationship to the RF output is typically +/- 30 ns.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


A - 3
T H IS P AGE IN TE N TION A LLY LE FT B LA N K .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


A - 4
Ap p e n d ix B
T e rmin o lo g y

Term Description

Anti-Spoofing (AS) Is a policy of the U.S. Department of Defense by which the P-Code is
encrypted (by the additional modulation of a so-called W-Code to generate a
new "Y-Code"), to protect the militarily important P-Code signals from being
"spoofed" through the transmission of false GPS signals by an adversary
during times of war. Hence civilian GPS receivers are unable to make direct P-
Code pseudo-range measurements and must use proprietary (indirect) signal
tracking techniques to make measurements on the L2 carrier wave (for both
pseudo-range and carrier phase). All dual-frequency instrumentation must
therefore overcome AS using these special signal tracking and measurement
techniques.

Availability The number of hours per day that a particular location has sufficient satellites
(above the specified elevation angle, and perhaps less than some specified
PDOP value) to make a GPS position determination possible.

BIAS All GPS measurements are affected by biases and errors. Their combined
magnitudes will affect the accuracy of the positioning results (they will bias the
position or baseline solution). Biases may be defined as being those
systematic errors that cause the true measurements to be different from
observed measurements by a "constant, predictable or systematic amount",
such as, for example, all distances being measured too short, or too long.
Biases must somehow be accounted for in the measurement model used for
data processing if high accuracy is sought. There are several sources of biases
with varying characteristics, such as magnitude, periodicity, satellite or receiver
dependency, etc. Biases may have physical bases, such as the atmosphere
effects on signal propagation or ambiguities in the carrier phase
measurements, but may also enter at the data processing stage through
imperfect knowledge of constants, for example any "fixed" parameters such as
the satellite ephemeris information, station coordinates, velocity of light,
antenna height errors, etc. Random errors will not bias a solution. However,
outlier measurements, or measurements significantly affected by multipath
disturbance (which may be considered a transient, unmodelled bias), will bias
a solution if the proportion of affected measurements is relatively high
compared to the number of unaffected measurements. For this reason, long
period static GPS Surveying is more accurate (less likely to be biased) than
"rapid static surveying" or kinematic (single-epoch) positioning.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


B - 1
Binary Shift-Key (BSK) BSK is a modulation technique by which a binary message, such the
Modulation Navigation Message or the PRN codes (consisting of 0's and 1's), is imprinted
on the carrier wave. Unlike Amplitude Modulation (AM) and Frequency
Modulation (FM), BSK Modulation does not alter the signal level (the
"amplitude") or the carrier wavelength (the "frequency"). At a change in value
of the message from 0 or 1, or from 1 to 0, the carrier wave is reversed (the
phase is "flipped" by 180°). All reversals take place at the zero-crossings of the
carrier (sine) wave (i.e., where the phase is zero).

Term Description

C/A Code The standard (Clear/Acquisition) GPS PRN code, also known as the Civilian
Code or S-Code. A spread spectrum direct sequence code only modulated on
the L1 carrier, used by the GPS receiver to acquire and decode the L1 satellite
signal, and from which the L1 pseudo-range measurement is made.

Carrier A radio wave having at least one characteristic (e.g., frequency, amplitude,
phase) that can be varied from a known reference value by modulation. In the
case of GPS there are two transmitted carrier waves: (a) L1 at 1575.42MHz, (b)
L2 at 1227.60MHz, modulated by the Navigation Message (both L1 and L2), the
P-Code (both L1 and L2) and the C/A-Code (L1).

Carrier Phase GPS measurements made on the L1 or L2 carrier signal. May refer to the
fractional part of the L1 or L2 carrier wavelength (approximately 19cm for L1,
24cm for L2), expressed in units of metres, cycles, fraction of a wavelength or
angle. (One cycle of L1 is equivalent to one wavelength, and similarly for L2.) In
carrier phase-based positioning, such as employed in GPS Surveying
techniques, carrier phase may also refer to the accumulated or integrated
measurement which consists of the fractional part plus the whole number of
wavelengths (or cycles) since signal lock-on.

Carrier Aided Tracking A signal processing strategy that uses the GPS carrier signal to achieve an
exact lock-on the PRN code. More efficient and accurate than the standard
approach.

Clock Bias The difference between the receiver or satellite clock's indicated time and a
well-defined time scale reference such as UTC (Coordinated Universal Time),
TAI (International Atomic Time) or GPST (GPS Time).

Chip One bit of a spreading sequence.

Channel A single satellites signal on a single frequency.

Code Phase GPS measurements based on the C/A-Code. The term is sometimes restricted
to the C/A- or P-Code pseudo-range measurement when expressed in units of
cycles.

Constellation Refers to either the specific set of satellites used in calculating a position, or all
the satellites visible to a GPS receiver at one time, or the entire ensemble of
GPS satellites comprising the Space Segment.

Control Segment A world-wide network of GPS monitoring and upload telemetry stations
operated by, or on behalf of, the US Department of Defense. The tracking data
is used by the Master Control Station at Colorado Springs to calculate the
satellites' positions (or "broadcast ephemerides") and their clock biases. These
are formatted into the Navigation Message which is uploaded on a daily
(perhaps more frequently) basis by the Control Segment stations.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


B - 2
Correlator The GPS receiver "software" or electronic means, implemented in some fashion
(either analogue or digital) within a Tracking Channel, used to shift or compare
the incoming signal with an internally generated signal. This operation is
performed on the PRN codes, but may be used for more "exotic" mixed signals
in the case of L2 measurements, where under the policy of Anti-Spoofing (AS)
the L2 PRN code is not known. Correlator design may be influenced such that it
is optimized for accuracy, mitigation of multipath, acquisition of signal under
foliage, etc.

Term Description

Cut Off Angle The minimum acceptable satellite elevation angle (above the horizon) to avoid
blockage of line-of-sight, multipath errors or too high Tropospheric or Ionospheric
Delay values. May be preset in the receiver, or applied during data post-
processing. For navigation receivers may be set as low as 5°, while for GPS
Surveying typically a cutoff angle of 15° is used.

Data Message Also known as the Navigation Message. A 1500 bit message modulated on the L1
and L2 GPS signal, which contains the satellite's location (or ephemeris), clock
(bias) correction parameters, constellation almanac information and satellite
health.

Differential GPS (DGPS) A technique to improve GPS accuracy that uses pseudo-range errors measured
at a known Base Station location to improve the measurements made by other
GPS receivers within the same general geographic area. It may be implemented
in real-time through the provision of a communication link between the GPS
receivers, transmitting the correction information in the industry-standard RTCM
format, or various proprietary formats. May be implemented in single Base Station
mode, in the so-called Local Area DGPS (LADGPS), or using a network of Base
Stations, as in the Wide Area DGPS (WADGPS) implementation.

Dilution of Precision An indicator of satellite geometry for a unique constellation of satellites used to
(DOP) determine a position. Positions tagged with a higher DOP value generally
constitute poorer measurement results than those tagged with lower DOP. There
are a variety of DOP indicators, such as GDOP (Geometric DOP), PDOP (Position
DOP), HDOP (Horizontal DOP), VDOP (Vertical DOP), etc.

Dithering The introduction of digital noise into the system. "Clock dithering" is the process
by which the U.S. Department of Defense (DoD) degrades the accuracy of the
Standard Positioning Service (i.e. absolute positioning of a C/A-Code capable
receiver). "Clock dithering" is the additional satellite clock "bias" induced by the
DoD's "Selective Availability" policy that cannot be corrected for by the broadcast
Navigation Message clock correction parameters.

Doppler Shift The apparent change in the frequency of a signal caused by the relative motion of
the transmitter and receiver.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


B - 3
Dual Frequency Refers to the instrumentation that can make measurements on both L-Band
frequencies, or to the measurements themselves (e.g., L1 and L2 pseudo-range
or carrier phase measurements). Dual-frequency measurements are useful for
high precision (pseudo-range-based) navigation because the Ionospheric Delay
bias can be determined, and the data corrected for it. In the case of Double-
Differenced carrier phase, dual-frequency observations can account for the
residual ionospheric bias (for case of long baselines), or aid Ambiguity Resolution
for "rapid static" or "kinematic" baseline determination. All "top-of-the-line" GPS
receivers are of the dual-frequency variety, and are comparatively expensive
because of the special signal processing techniques that must be implemented to
make measurements on the L2 carrier under the policy of Anti-Spoofing.

Enhanced Keplerian Those elements which describe the position of a satellite in a different orbit and
Elements (ephemeris) which comprise the standard Keplerian elements (q.v) and harmonic correction
terms for the argument of latitude, orbit radius and inclination angle.

Term Description

Ephemeris (plural: The file of values from which a satellite's position and velocity (the so-called
Ephemerides) "satellite state vector") at any instant in time can be obtained. The "Broadcast
Ephemeris (or Ephemerides)" for a satellite are the predictions of the current
satellite position and velocity determined by the Master Control Station, uploaded by
the Control Segment to the GPS satellites, and transmitted to the user receiver in
the Data Message. "Precise Ephemeris (or Ephemerides)" are post-processed
values derived by, for example, the International GPS Service (IGS), and available
to users post-mission via the Internet.

Fix A single position with latitude, longitude (or grid position), altitude (or height), time,
and date.

Geometric Dilution of An indicator of the geometrical strength of a GPS constellation used for a position/
Precision (GDOP) time solution.

Global Navigation This is an umbrella term used to describe a generic satellite-based navigation/
Satellite System (GNSS) positioning system. It was coined by international agencies such as the International
Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) to refer to both GPS and GLONASS, as well as
any augmentations to these systems, and to any future civilian developed satellite
system. For example, the Europeans refer to GNSS-1 as being the combination of
GPS and GLONASS, but GNSS-2 is the blueprint for an entirely new system

Global Orbiting This is the Russian counterpart to GPS. It consists of a constellation of 24 satellites
Navigation Satellite (though the number may vary due to difficulties in funding for the system)
System (GLONASS) transmitting on a variety of frequencies in the ranges from 1597-1617MHz and
1240-1260MHz (each satellite transmits on two different L1 and L2 frequencies).
GLONASS provides worldwide coverage, however, its accuracy performance is
optimized for northern latitudes, where it is better than GPS's SPS (there being no
"Selective Availability" on GLONASS satellites). GLONASS positions are referred to
a different Datum to those of GPS, i.e. PZ90 rather than WGS84.

Global Positioning A system for providing precise location which is based on data transmitted from a
System (GPS) constellation of 24 satellites. It comprises three segments: (a) the Control Segment,
(b) the Space Segment, and (c) the User Segment.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


B - 4
GPS Time (GPST) GPST is a form of Atomic Time, as is, for example, Coordinated Universal Time
(UTC). GPST is "steered" over the long run to keep within one microsecond of UTC.
The major difference is that while "leap seconds" are inserted into the UTC time
scale every 18 months or so to keep UTC approximately synchronised with the
earth's rotational period (with respect to the sun), GPST has no leap seconds. At the
integer second level, GPST matched UTC in 1980, but because of the leap seconds
inserted since then, GPST is now (end 1998) ahead of UTC by 12 seconds (plus a
fraction of a microsecond that varies from day to day). The relationship between
GPST and UTC is transmitted within the Navigation Message.

Height (Orthometric) The Orthometric Height is the height of a station on the earth's surface, measured
along the local plumbline direction through that station, above the Geoid surface. It
is approximated by the "Height Above Mean Sea Level", where the MSL Datum is
assumed to be defined by the mean tide gauge observations over several years.
The relationship between Orthometric Height (H) and Ellipsoidal Height (h) is : h = H
+ N, where N is the Geoid Height or Geoid Undulation with respect to the Reference
Ellipsoid. Orthometric Height is traditionally derived from geodetic levelling (using
such techniques as optical levelling, trigonometrical levelling, barometric levelling).

Term Description

Inter-Channel Bias The difference in the code (or carrier) phases between two simultaneously simulated
signals from the same satellite on different frequencies, excluding any effects from the
propagation path or deliberately introduced errors, and after applying any corrections
that are broadcast in the navigation message.

Inter-Frequency Bias The difference in the code (or carrier) phases between two simultaneously simulated
signals from the same satellite on different frequencies, excluding any effects from the
propagation path or deliberately introduced errors, and after applying any corrections
that are broadcast in the navigation message.

Inter-Sub-carrier Bias The difference in the code (or carrier) phases between any two sub-carriers (e.g. I and
Q) of the same signal.

Ionosphere, Ionospheric The Ionosphere is that band of atmosphere extending from about 50 to 1000 kilometres
Delay above the earth's surface in which the sun's ultraviolet radiation ionizes gas molecules
which then lose an electron. These free electrons influence the propagation of
microwave signals (speed, direction and polarization) as they pass through the layer.
The Ionospheric Delay on GPS signals is frequency-dependent and hence impacts on
the L1 and L2 signals by a different amount (unlike that within the Troposphere). A
linear combination of pseudo-range or carrier phase observations on the L1 and L2
carrier waves can be created to almost entirely eliminate the Ionospheric Delay. The
resulting observable is known as the Ionosphere-Free carrier phase (or pseudo-range).
For single-frequency receivers it is not possible to account for this signal bias in this
way. A broadcast model is contained within the transmitted Navigation Message,
however, it is a relatively poor model (unlikely to account for more than 50% of the
effect) as the Delay is very difficult to predict. The magnitude of the Ionospheric Delay
is a function of the latitude of the receiver, the season, the time of day, and the level of
solar activity. The Delay in the Zenith direction can be several tens of metres,
increasing as the elevation angle of the satellite signal reduces (being 3-5 times greater
than in the Zenith direction). The Delay is largely eliminated in Relative or Differential
Positioning, however, the residual Ionospheric Delay increases as the baseline length
increases and may be a significant source of error (especially in the height component)
for very high precision GPS Geodesy. Even when using dual-frequency
instrumentation, the Ionospheric Delay can still cause problems during the process of
rapid Ambiguity Resolution when phase and range combinations other than the
Ionosphere-Free one are used.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


B - 5
L1 Frequency GPS carrier frequency which contains the C/A-Code, the encrypted P-Code (or Y-
1575.42MHz Code) and the Navigation Message. Commercial GPS navigation receivers can track
only the L1 carrier to make pseudo-range (and sometime carrier phase and Doppler
frequency) measurements.

Rice Factor The ratio between the power of the direct component and the mean power of the
Rayleigh faded component in Rician fading, expressed in dB. A Rice factor of +∞ dB
implies no fading, while -∞ dB implies Rayleigh fading.

Satellite (or User) The location (or trajectory) of the center of gravity of the satellite (or user).
Location (or Trajectory)

Standard Keplerian Those elements which describe the position of a satellite in a perfectly elliptical orbit
Elements (almanac) and which comprise semi-major axis, eccentricity, inclination angle, longitude (or right
acention) of the ascending node (or at epoch), argument of perigee, and one of mean,
true, and eccentric anomaly.

Sub-carrier One of the separate modulated streams on a given frequency (either I and Q, or A, B
and C).

T H IS P AGE IN TE N TION A LLY LE FT B LA N K .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


B - 6
Ap p e n d ix C
E x p o r t i n g , E d i t i n g a n d Imp o rt in g Wa y p o in t s

T h e p u rp o s e o f th i s a p p e n d i x i s to descri be a method of addi ng custom w aypoi nt s t o t he


GP SG-1 0 0 0 w i th o u t u s i n g the graphi cal users i nterface and touch screen to ente r
waypoint data. Waypoint data will instead be entered on a PC, a nd then the custom data
w i l l b e tra n s fe rre d to th e G P S G-1000 usi ng the fi l e/w aypoi nt/i m port feature.

W a y p o i n ts , a s s to re d i n th e GP S G-1000, are a set of data that d escri be a poi nt in 3D


s p a c e , a l o n g w i th d a ta to n ame/mark that l ocati on. C ustom w aypo i nts on the GPSG - 1000
a re s to re d i n a c o m m a s e p arated vari abl e fi l e (C S V ) w hi ch can b e shared among
GP SG-1 0 0 0 u n i ts u s i n g th e w aypoi nt export and i mport functi ons. It i s i mportant t o not e
th a t i m p o rti n g a c u s to m w a ypoi nt fi l e from another GP S G-1000 w i l l resul t i n the cust om
w a y p o i n ts o f th e re c e i v i n g u ni t to be overw ri tten. If the fi l es from tw o di fferent un it s need
to b e me rg e d , i t m u s t b e d one external to the uni t, and can be accompl i shed using t he
e d i ti n g te c h n i q u e s th a t I w i l l descri be i n thi s document.

Cre a ting Custom W a y p o i n ts


On l y C u s to m W a y p o i n t d a ta may be exported from the GP S G-1000. Once a C ust om
W a y p o i n t i s a d d e d to th e GP S G-1000 i t can then be exported to a U S B dri ve and edit ed.
T o c re a te a C u s to m W a y p o int, sel ect W aypoi nt from the mai n tool bar l ocated at the lef t of
th e s c re e n . T h e W a y p o i n t screen appears (Fi gure C -1).

F i g . C -1 W aypoi nt S creen

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


C - 1
S e l e c t th e Ad d b u tto n , th e W aypoi nt E di t screen appears (Fi gure C -2).

F i g . C-2 W aypoi nt E di t S creen

On th e W a y p o i n t Ed i t S c re en sel ect one of the l i nes from the ta bl e. For thi s exer cise we
w i l l s e l e c t AN C , l i n e 7 . Once you have hi ghl i ghted the l i ne, s el ect N ext. The dat a f r om
th e s e l e c te d l i n e w i l l n o w popul ate the W aypoi nt E di t S creen (F i gure C -3).

F i g . C -3 W a ypoi nt E di t, W aypoi nt D ata S creen

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


C - 2
S e l e c t th e C o d e fi e l d a n d e nter a new code to i denti fy the new C ustom W aypoi nt . I n t his
e x a m p l e w e w i l l u s e E XP 1 . P ress D one, The new C ustom W aypoi nt w i l l be added t o t he
W a y p o i n t L i s t (F i g u re C -4 ).

F i g . C -4 N ew W aypoi nt Li st

E x porting Waypoints
E x p o rti n g w a y p o i n ts i s d o n e through the Fi l e/W aypoi nt page, to open the fi l e screen f ir st
c l i c k o n th e ma i n me n u a t the l eft si de of the touchscreen, and sel ect the ‘ Fi l e’ bu t t on. O n
th e fi l e s c re e n o p e n th e ‘ Waypoi nt’ tab.
T o e x p o rt th e c u s to m w a y p oi nts, pl ug a compati bl e U S B fl ash dri ve i nto one of t he t wo
U SB p o rts l o c a te d o n th e si de of the box w here the gl are screen attaches, w ai t
a p p ro x i ma te l y 5 to 1 0 s e c onds for the uni t to recogni ze the dri ve and then press t he
‘Ex p o rt to U S B’ b u tto n o n l ow er ri ght of the W aypoi nt page (Fi g ure C -5).

F i g . C-5 Fi l e W aypoi nts S creen

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


C - 3
A g re e n p o p u p b o x w i l l a p pear and confi rm w hen the export has c ompleted (Figure C-6).

F i g . C -6 W aypoi nt E xport S uccessful

E diting the Cus tomer Wa y p o i n t F i l e


R e m o v e th e U SB fl a s h d ri ve from the GP S G-1000, and pl ace the dr i ve i n a P C . The
c u s to m w a y p o i n t fi l e w i l l b e l ocated i n the fol l ow i ng di rectory /A erofl ex/W aypoi nt and will
b e n a me d u s e ra i rp o rts .c s v .

T h e W a y p o i n t F i l e ma y b e o pened i n E xcel or a Text type edi tor l i ke N otepad+ + .

E x c e l T y p e Ed ito r
T h e W a y p o i n t i n fo rm a ti o n may be edi ted, copi ed, or new l i nes ad ded. E nsure that each
n e w Wa y p o i n t a d d e d h a s a uni que i denti fyi ng code i n col umn D . C ol umn J i s added t o
th e e n d o f e a c h Wa y p o i n t e ntry and set to “0”, forci ng a comma at the end of each r ow of
th e o u tp u t fi l e .

A B C D E F G H I J
Ted Stevens Anchorage Intl Anchorage EXP1 PANC 61.174361 -149.996361 152 0 0

C o l u mn A A u n i q u e n a m e the user assi gns to each user W aypoi nt.


C o l u mn B C i ty .
C o l u mn C C o u n try , n o t currentl y used.
C o l u mn D U n i q u e c o d e to each user W aypoi nt. GP S G-1000 can sort W aypoint s
b y th i s c o d e .
C o l u mn E C A O C o d e . A four-character code desi gnati ng each ai rpo rt around
th e w o rl d .
C o l u mn F L a ti tu d e
C o l u mn G L o n g i tu d e
C o l u mn H Al ti tu d e (i n t hi s case expressed i n ft)
C o l u mn I U T C o ffs e t, not currentl y used.
C o l u mn J T h i s c o l u m n i s added w hen the W aypoi nt fi l e i s edi ted t o i nsert a com m a
a t th e e n d o f the sentence. 0 shoul d be entered here.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


C - 4
T e x t T y p e E d ito r
T h e W a y p o i n t i n fo rm a ti o n may be edi ted, copi ed, or new l i nes ad ded. The sentence
te rms a re i d e n ti c a l to th e Excel type edi tor fi l e, how ever, the l i ne i s al ready term inat ed
w i th a c o m m a .

Ted Stevens Anchorage Intl,Anchorage,,EXP1,PANC,61.174360999999998,-149.99636100000001,


151.99999999999997,0,

N o te : If Wa y p o i n t F i l e c o n te nts exceeds a few thousand entri es the l oadi ng and sor t ing
fu n c ti o n s i n th e GP SG-1 0 0 0 w i l l be sl ow ed.

W h e n e d i ti n g i s c o m p l e te , save the fi l e to the U S B fl ash dri ve i n the same di rec t or y


lo c a ti o n a n d w i th th e s a me name from w hi ch i t w as ori gi nal l y op ened.

Importing Waypoints
Imp o rti n g w a y p o i n ts i s d o n e through the Fi l e/W aypoi nt page, to open the fi l e scr een f ir st
c l i c k o n th e m a i n me n u a t the l eft si de of the touchscreen, and sel ect the ‘ Fi l e’ but t on.
On th e fi l e s c re e n o p e n th e ‘ W aypoi nt’ tab (Fi gure C -7).
T o i m p o rt th e c u s to m w a y p oi nts, pl ug a compati bl e U S B fl ash dri ve i nto one of the t wo
U SB p o rts l o c a te d o n th e si de of the box w here the gl are screen attaches, w ai t
a p p ro x i ma te l y 5 to 1 0 s e c onds for the uni t to recogni ze the dri ve.

F i g . C-7 Fi l e W aypoi nts S creen

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


C - 5
P re s s th e Im p o rt F ro m U S B button on l ow er l eft of the W aypoi nt page. A pop-up box will
a p p e a r w i th a w a rn i n g th a t i mporti ng from the U S B w i l l overw ri t e the exi sti ng w a ypoint s
o n th e s y s te m . Pre s s Y e s to conti nue (Fi gure C -8.)

F i g . C -8 U S B Import W arni ng P op-up

A g re e n p o p u p b o x w i l l a p pear and confi rm w hen the i mport has b een compl eted
(F i g u re C -9 ).

F i g . C -9 W aypoi nt Import S uccessful

T h e W a y p o i n t i m p o rte d to t he GP S G-1000 w i l l now be vi si bl e i n t he W aypoi nt S cr een.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


C - 6
Ap p e n d ix D
E x p o r t e d a n d Imp o rt e d F ile F o rma t s

T h e GP SG-1 0 0 0 h a s th e a b i l i ty to i mport and export a number of di fferent fi l e types f or


different uses. The file types include Almanac, KML, NMEA (Traj ectory), Route, Settings
a n d W a y p o i n t. T h i s a p p e n di x w i l l attempt to expl ai n the content of each of the file t ypes
th a t a re a b l e to b e e x p o rte d and i mported onto the uni t so the user can understand t he
c o n te n t a n d fo rm a t o f e a c h .

File Loc a tions


W i th i n th e GP SG-1 0 0 0 , th e vari ous user fi l es are stored on a st ati c memory device, and
w i th th e e x c e p ti o n o f th e l oad, store, manage, del ete, i mport a nd export functi ons
p ro v i d e d to th e u s e r th ro u g h the U I, the user cannot further ma ni pul ate the fi l es while
th e y a re c o n ta i n e d w i th i n the uni t. The user can how ever expor t the fi l es to a USB dr ive
w h e re th e y c a n b e a c c e s s e d, edi ted and stored, and then usi ng t he i mport functi on of t he
GP ST -1 0 0 0 , th e y c a n b e re l oaded onto the uni t for use. W hen th e vari ous fi l e types have
b e e n l o a d e d o n to a U S B s t i ck, the di rectori es are created under the /A erofl ex dir ect or y
w h i c h i s l o c a te d a t th e ro o t of the U S B devi ce (Fi gure D -1).

F i g. D -1 Fi l e Locati ons

Almana c s File s
T h e A l ma n a c s d i re c to ry c o ntai ns al manac fi l es i n Y uma format (I C D -GP S -8.70 Rev A,
D a te J u n 1 5 , 2 0 1 1 ). T h e Al manacs fi l es are ei ther generated by the GP S G-1000 int er nal
re c e i v e r d o w n l o a d s , o r a re dow nl oaded from the U ni ted S tates C o ast Guard rep osit or y
w e b s i te .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


D - 1
A n e x a mp l e o f th e Al m a n a c data fi l e:
******** Week 799 almanac for PRN-01 ********
ID: 01
Health: 000
Eccentricity: 0.3730297089E-002
Time of Applicability(s): 61440.0000
Orbital Inclination(rad): 0.9613649345
Rate of Right Ascen(r/s): -0.7863184676E-008
SQRT(A) (m 1/2): 5153.619629
Right Ascen at Week(rad): 0.9558857469E+000
Argument of Perigee(rad): 0.444257464
Mean Anom(rad): -0.1754657556E+001
Af0(s): -0.1144409180E-004
Af1(s/s): 0.0000000000E+000
week: 799

Kml Files
T h e K m l d i re c to ry c o n ta i n s fi l es generated from the appl i cati on Googl eE arth i n Km l
fo rma t o n a P C , w h i c h h a v e then been i mported onto the GP S G-100 0. The GP SG - 1000
c o m p i l e s th e K m l fi l e s i n to Traj ectory data fi l es w i th a .gdt e xtensi on i n C S V form at .

K m l fi l e s a re tra j e c to ry ro u tes that are i ntended to fol l ow a c ourse l ai d out i n Goo gleEar t h
a t a c o n s ta n t v e l o c i ty . T h e fi l es must have certai n condi ti ons ; the al ti tude must be
e x p re s s e d i n a b s o l u te te rms, navi gati on poi nts must be properl y posi ti oned for th e speed
a n d tu rn i n g ra d i u s o f th e s i mul ati on. Therefore i t i s general l y not sui tabl e to co nver t
re c o rd e d ro u te s fro m a GP S recei ver i n to K ml fi l es for si mul at i on i n the GP S G-1000.
R e c o rd e d ro u te s s h o u l d b e l oaded to the GP S G-1000 as N mea Fi l es for pl ayback.

T h e c o m p i l e d .g d t fi l e s a re i n the fol l ow i ng format:


Notes,Date,Time,Latitude,Longitude,Alt,Desc
$GDT,20000101,000144.00,38.9425699612859,-94.7561817577427,0.000000,3D,*16
$GDT,20000101,000145.00,38.9425695029864,-94.7561783124509,-0.000004,3D,*3F
$GDT,20000101,000146.00,38.9425681280874,-94.7561679765759,-0.000018,3D,*34
$GDT,20000101,000147.00,38.9425658365869,-94.7561507501185,-0.000039,3D,*39
$GDT,20000101,000148.00,38.9425626284821,-94.7561266330799,-0.000069,3D,*37
$GDT,20000101,000149.00,38.9425585037686,-94.7560956254621,-0.000106,3D,*35
$GDT,20000101,000150.00,38.9425534624409,-94.7560577272674,-0.000150,3D,*3E
$GDT,20000101,000151.00,38.9425475044924,-94.7560129384988,-0.000200,3D,*34
$GDT,20000101,000152.00,38.9425406299151,-94.7559612591597,-0.000254,3D,*3F
$GDT,20000101,000153.00,38.9425328387000,-94.7559026892542,-0.000312,3D,*3A
$GDT,20000101,000154.00,38.9425241308367,-94.7558372287867,-0.000371,3D,*34
$GDT,20000101,000155.00,38.9425145063137,-94.7557648777623,-0.000431,3D,*3F
$GDT,20000101,000156.00,38.9425039651181,-94.7556856361865,-0.000489,3D,*30

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


D - 2
Nme a File s
T h e N m e a d i re c to ry c o n ta i ns fi l es w i th an N ME extensi on that co ntai n data i n N MEA- 0183
s e n te n c e fo rma t. T h e GP SG-1000 i s abl e to use GGA , R MC and GS V sentences f r om
th e s e fi l e s . In g e n e ra l th e N ME A -0183 fi l es are created by the i nternal or an ex t er nal
GP S re c e i v e r.

Nmea file example:


$GPGGA,150923.000,3856.4506,N,09445.2627,W,1,07,1.1,332.2,M,-30.1,M,,0000*68
$GPGSV,3,1,11,29,65,303,50,05,63,046,52,26,36,124,45,02,31,082,49*73
$GPGSV,3,2,11,25,25,230,43,15,24,164,47,21,19,285,40,12,11,198,40*7B
$GPGSV,3,3,11,10,08,049,40,30,06,321,41,18,04,230,36*40
$GPRMC,150923.000,A,3856.4506,N,09445.2627,W,0.09,154.82,290113,,,A*79

T h e s e n te n c e s tru c tu re fo r each posi ti on sentence:

GGA
E s s e n ti a l fi x d a ta w h i c h p rovi de 3D l ocati on and accuracy data.

$GPGGA,150923.000,3856.4506,N,09445.2627,W,1,07,1.1,332.2,M,-30.1,M,,0000*68

W h e re :
GGA Gl o b al P osi ti oni ng S ystem Fi x D ata
1 5 0 9 2 3 .0 0 0 F i x t aken at 12:35:19 U TC
3 8 5 6 .4 5 0 6 ,N L a ti tude
0 9 4 4 5 .2 6 2 7 ,W L o n gi tude
1 F i x qual i ty: 0 = i nval i d
1 = GP S fi x (S P S )
2 = D GP S fi x
3 = P P S fi x
4 = R eal Ti me K i nemati c
5 = Fl oat R TK
6 = esti mated (dead reckoni ng) (2.3 feature)
7 = Manual i nput mode
8 = S i mul ati on mode
07 N u mber of satel l i tes bei ng tracked
1 .1 H o ri zontal di l uti on of posi ti on
3 3 2 .2 ,M Al ti tude, Meters, above mean sea l evel
-3 0 .1 ,M H e i g ht of geoi d (mean sea l evel ) above W GS 84 el l i p soi d
(Emp ty fi e l d ) T i m e i n seconds si nce l ast D GP S update
0000 D GPS stati on ID number
*68 C h e c ksum data, al w ays begi ns w i th *

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


D - 3
GS V
S a te l l i te s i n Vi e w s h o w s d a ta about the satel l i tes that the uni t mi ght be abl e to fi n d based
o n i ts v i e w i n g ma s k a n d a l m anac data.

$GPGSV,3,1,11,29,65,303,50,05,63,046,52,26,36,124,45,02,31,082,49*73

W h e re :
GSV Sa te l l i te s i n vi ew
3 N u m b e r o f s entences for ful l data
1 Se n te n c e 1 of 3
11 N u mb e r o f satel l i tes i n vi ew
29 Sa te l l i te PR N number
65 El e v a ti o n , d e grees
303 Az i mu th , d e grees
50 SN R - h i g h e r i s better
R e p e a t PR N, E l evati on, A zi muth and S N R for up to 4 satel l i tes
p e r s e n te n c e
*75 C h e c k s u m d ata, al w ays begi ns w i th *

RMC
N M EA h a s i ts o w n v e rs i o n of essenti al gps pvt (posi ti on, vel oci ty, ti me) data. It is called
R M C , T h e R e c o mme n d e d Mi ni mum, w hi ch w i l l l ook si mi l ar to:

$GPRMC,150923.000,A,3856.4506,N,09445.2627,W,0.09,154.82,290113,,,A*79

W h e re :
R MC R e c o mmended Mi ni mum sentence C
1 5 0 9 2 3 .0 0 0 F i x taken at 12:35:19 U TC
A Sta tus A = acti ve or V = V oi d.
3 8 5 6 .4 5 0 6 ,N L a ti tude
0 9 4 4 5 .2 6 2 7 ,W L o n gi tude
0 .0 9 Sp e ed over the ground i n knots
1 5 4 .8 2 T ra c k angl e i n degrees True
290113 D a te - 23rd of March 1994
(E m p ty fi e l d ),, Ma g neti c V ari ati on
A N M EA 2.3 addi ti onal fi el d
*79 C h e cksum data, al w ays begi ns w i th *

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


D - 4
Route File s
R o u te fi l e s a re u s e d to p o p ul ate the route tabl e on the R oute p age (Fi gure D -2). .

Fi g. D -2 R oute P age

T h e fi l e s a re s to re d a n d e x p orted from the GP S G-1000 i n X ML for mat. The begi nning and
end of each route file is designated by the text <Route>. The body of the route consists
of a number of route points with the following contents. Please note that the route data
s h o w n i n th e e x a m p l e c o n s i sts of si x route poi nts.

<Route>
<Waypoint Longitude="-77.88420000000001" MaxAcceleration="0" MaxClimbRate="0"
Name="HESKU" Latitude="37.14982222222222" Altitude="1524" TargetSpeed="53.64466666666667"
TurningCircleRadius="108.5658611334349"/>
<Waypoint Longitude="-78.80005277777778" MaxAcceleration="0" MaxClimbRate="0"
Name="RFLAT" Latitude="38.20028888888889" Altitude="1524" TargetSpeed="53.64466666666667"
TurningCircleRadius="131.3646919714563"/>
<Waypoint Longitude="-78.83963333333332" MaxAcceleration="9.800000000000001"
MaxClimbRate="-3.048" Name="RIVKE" Latitude="38.24149166666667" Altitude="1249.68"
TargetSpeed="53.64466666666667" TurningCircleRadius="100"/>
<Waypoint Longitude="-78.88314444444444" MaxAcceleration="9.800000000000001"
MaxClimbRate="-3.048" Name="BEEDY" Latitude="38.28670277777778" Altitude="944.88"
TargetSpeed="53.64466666666667" TurningCircleRadius="100"/>
<Waypoint Longitude="-78.95743055" MaxAcceleration="9.800000000000001"
MaxClimbRate="-3.048" Name="RW33" Latitude="38.363725" Altitude="355.092"
TargetSpeed="53.64466666666667" TurningCircleRadius="131.3646919714563"/>
<Waypoint Longitude="-79.13772222222222" MaxAcceleration="9.800000000000001"
MaxClimbRate="3.048" Name="MOL" Latitude="37.86372222222222" Altitude="1828.8"
TargetSpeed="75.99661111111111" TurningCircleRadius="183.4763053155051"/>
</Route>

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


D - 5
T h e R o u te d a ta v a ri a b l e s a re formatted as fol l ow s:

W a y p o in t L o n g itu d e i s fo l l ow ed by the l ongi tude val ue of the w aypoi nt i n


D D D .D D D D D D D D fo rm a t. Val ues i n the w estern hemi sphere are i ndi cated by ne gat ive
v a l u e s , a n d v a l u e s i n th e e astern hemi sphere are i ndi cated by p osi ti ve val ues.

Ma x A c c e le r a tio n i s fo l l o w ed by the maxi mum accel erati on val ue that the body in m ot ion
is a l l o w e d to a c h i e v e i n th e l ateral and l ongi tudi nal axes as i t travel s from the c ur r ent
w a y p o i n t to th e n e x t. T h e a ccel erati on val ue i s expressed i n m /s 2 .

Ma x C lim b R a te i s fo l l o w e d by the maxi mum cl i mb or descent rate that the body in m ot ion
is a l l o w e d to a c h i e v e a s i t travel s from the current w aypoi nt t o the next. The cl im b/
d e s c e n t ra te i s e x p re s s e d in m/s.

N a m e i s fo l l o w e d b y th e te xt i ndi cati ng the name of the w aypoi nt.

L a titu d e i s fo l l o w e d b y th e l ati tude val ue of the w aypoi nt i n D D .D D D D D D D D for m at .


V a l u e s i n th e s o u th e rn h e m i sphere are i ndi cated by negati ve val ues, and val ues in t he
n o rth e rn h e mi s p h e re a re i n di cated by posi ti ve val ues.

T a r g e t S p e e d i s fo l l o w e d b y the target speed of the body i n moti on as i t pa sses t hr ough


th e w a y p o i n t. T h e ta rg e t s peed i s expressed i n m/s.

Turning Circle Radius is followed by the turning circle radius of the body in motion that
d e fi n e s th e c o m m a n d e d p a th to be fol l ow ed. The turni ng ci rcl e radi us i s expres sed in
me te rs .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


D - 6
S e ttings Files
T h e S e tti n g s fi l e d i re c to ry contai ns setti ngs fi l es generated f rom the GP S G-1000 File/
S e tti n g s p a g e . T h e Se tti n g s data i s i n X ML format. Fol l ow i ng i s an exampl e of t he
GP SG-1 0 0 0 P o w e r U p Se tti ngs. The S etti ngs Fi l e can be edi ted a nd i mported to ot her
GP SG-1 0 0 0 u n i ts to s e t a c ommon start condi ti on. C are must be taken to ensure set t ings
p a ra me te rs a re c o mp a ti b l e w i th the test set.

<!DOCTYPE GpsgPowerupConfig>
<GpsgPowerupConfig>
<SimulationSetup>
<SimulationMode>Gps</SimulationMode>
<Carrier>L1_E1</Carrier>
<SbasMode>Auto</SbasMode>
<SimulationType>Static</SimulationType>
<DigitalNoiseMode>Off</DigitalNoiseMode>
<FadingMode>None</FadingMode>
<PrnSignalType>Fixed</PrnSignalType>
<PositionSource>User</PositionSource>
<ClockSetting>User</ClockSetting>
<UserDateTime>2011-08-05T21:12:16</UserDateTime>
<UnitsType>Imperial</UnitsType>
<LatLonFormat>DD°MM'SS.SS"</LatLonFormat>
<RfPortSelection>Coupler</RfPortSelection>
<RfLevel>-130</RfLevel>
<RouteLooping>0</RouteLooping>
<MotionModel type="Unlimited">
<Pedestrian LateralAcceleration="2.94" Velocity="10.72896"
LongitudinalAcceleration="2.94"/>
<Automobile LateralAcceleration="9.800000000000001"
Velocity="89.408"
LongitudinalAcceleration="9.800000000000001"/>
<Marine LateralAcceleration="6.86" Velocity="44.704"
LongitudinalAcceleration="6.86"/>
<LowPerfAircraft LateralAcceleration="19.6" Velocity="223.52"
LongitudinalAcceleration="9.800000000000001"/>
<HiPerfAircraft LateralAcceleration="88.2" Velocity="447.04"
LongitudinalAcceleration="49"/>
<Custom LateralAcceleration="19.6" Velocity="0.44704"
LongitudinalAcceleration="9.800000000000001"/>
<Unlimited LateralAcceleration="98" Velocity="514.096"
LongitudinalAcceleration="98"/>
</MotionModel>
</SimulationSetup>
<ChannelsSetup Gnss="12" Galileo="5" Gps="6" SingleSbas="0" Sbas="1"/>
<IoSetup>
<LossValues Splitter="0" Coupler="0" DirectCable="0" CouplerCable="0"/>
<ExternalRefOutMode>Off</ExternalRefOutMode>
<ReferenceSource>Internal</ReferenceSource>
<TriggerMode>Auto</TriggerMode>
</IoSetup>
<DefaultStaticPoint Longitude="0" Latitude="0" Altitude="0"/>
<DefaultFiles Trajectory="" Route="Default Route" Almanac=""/>
<DiagnosticsSetup>
<DiagnosticsMode>Off</DiagnosticsMode>
<Frequency>1176.45 MHz</Frequency>
<Amplitude>-100</Amplitude>
<DopplerError>0</DopplerError>
</DiagnosticsSetup>
</GpsgPowerupConfig>

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


D - 7
Waypoint File s
T h e W a y p o i n t fi l e d i re c to ry contai ns user entered custom w aypoi nts created on t he
w a y p o i n t p a g e . T h e Wa y p o i nt data i s i n C S V format. The W aypoi nt fi l es w i l l op en in
Excel.

W a y p o i n t c s v fi l e e x a mp l e :

A B C D E F G H I J

NY to RM 01 NA TR01 NA 49.0875 -45.3539 7000 0 0


NY to RM 02 NA TR02 NA 49.82806 -19.7547 7000 0 0

W h e re :
C o l u mn A U n i q ue name the user assi gns to each user W aypoi nt.
C o l u mn B C i ty . In thi s case the W aypoi nt i s not i n a ci ty.
C o l u mn C C o u ntry, not currentl y used.
C o l u mn D U n i q ue code to each user W aypoi nt. GP S G-1000 can sor t
W a y p oi nts by thi s code.
C o l u mn E C A O C ode. A four-character code desi gnati ng each ai rpo r t ar ound
th e w orl d. In thi s case the W aypoi nt i s not an ai rport.
C o l u mn F L a ti tude
C o l u mn G L o n gi tude
C o l u mn H Al ti tude (i n thi s case expressed i n ft)
C o l u mn I U T C offset, not currentl y used.
C o l u mn J T h i s col umn i s added w hen the W aypoi nt fi l e i s edi ted t o inser t a
c o m m a at the end of the sentence. 0 shoul d be entered h er e.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


D - 8
Ap p e n d ix E
R e c o r d i n g a n d Pla y in g T ra je c t o ry Ro u t e s

T ra j e c to ry fi l e s re c o rd e d b y GP S recei vers or the GP S G-1000 and saved i n the . gdt or


.n me fo rma t ma y b e p l a y e d back i n the GP S G-1000 for si mul ati on and testi ng of G PS
re c e i v e rs . T h i s a p p e n d i x wi l l detai l the steps requi red to rec ord a Traj ectory rout e in t he
GP SG-1 0 0 0 GP S R X a n d p l ayback the fi l e for si mul ati on.
F i l e s s a v e d fro m o th e r GPS recei vers may have .nmea fi l e extens i on. W hen transf er r ed
to th e GP SG-1 0 0 0 fo r p l a y back they must be renamed w i th .mne fi l e extensi on. See
A p p l i c a ti o n N o te : GP SG-1 000 Fi l e P roperti es. Once renamed and transferred t o t he
GP SG-1 0 0 0 , th e y m a y th e n pl ayed i n the same manner as fi l es rec orded by the G PSG -
1000.

T h e GP SG-1 0 0 0 GP S R X w i l l record i ts posi ti on and route. A ttac h the i ncl uded G PS RX


a n te n n a . F ro m th e Ma i n M enu, sel ect the dow n arrow (Fi gure E -1 ).

Fi g. E -1 Mai n Menu

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


E - 1
F ro m th e l o w e r p o rti o n o f the Mai n Menu, sel ect GP S R X (Fi gure E -2).

F i g . E-2 Mai n Menus, Low er S ecti on

T h e GPS R X p a g e w i l l d i s p l ay the current GP S posi ti on fi x and t he vi si bl e satel lit e


(F i g u re E 3 ).

F i g. E -3 GP S R X P age

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


E - 2
Wa i t fo r th e GPS R X to a c qui re a 3d posi ti on fi x. (Fi gure E -4).

F i g . E-4 GP S R X P age w i th 3d Fi x
Pre s s th e R e c o rd T ra j e c to ry button to start recordi ng. The GP S G 1000 w i l l cont inue t o
re c o rd u n ti l th e S to p R e c o r di ng button i s pressed. N ote the C ur rent D ate/Ti me field, t he
ti me i s d i s p l a y e d a s GM T (Fi gure E -5).

F i g . E-5 GP S R X P age, R ecordi ng Traj ectory

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


E - 3
T h e d a ta w i l l b e s to re d i n a fi l e w i th the fol l ow i ng nami ng con venti on:

M M D D YY YY _ H H M M SS .m n e.

T h e ti me re c o rd e d fo r th e fil e name i s the ti me the recordi ng i s stopped. To l oad t he new


T ra j e c to ry F i l e fo r p l a y b a c k sel ect Fi l e from the Mai n Menu and then Traj ectory f r om t he
ta b s a t th e to p o f th e p a g e . P ress the Load button and sel ect the new .nme fi l e, pr ess
Op e n (F i g u re E -6 ).
.

F i g . E -6 Fi l e P age, Traj ectory Fi l e S aved

T h e n e w T ra j e c to ry fi l e w i l l appear i n the C urrent Traj ectory F i l e w i dow (Fi gure E- 7) .

F i g . E-7 Fi l e P age, Traj ectory Loaded

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


E - 4
T o ru n th e T ra j e c to ry F i l e si mul ati on, sel ect S etup from the Ma i n Menu. In the GNSS
w i n d o w i n th e Si m u l a ti o n fi e l d sel ect Traj ectory. In the P R N S i gnal fi el d sel ect Tr aj File.
Se t th e R F L e v e l i n th e R F Output w i ndow to the desi red l evel ( Fi gure E -8).

T h e T ra j e c to ry F i l e re c o rd s the S i gnal to N oi se R ati o of the re cei ved GP S si gnal. Dur ing


p l a y b a c k th e GPS G-1 0 0 0 wi l l adj ust the R F P ow er Level to si mul a te the actual r ecor ded
S:N . F o r th i s fe a tu re to w o rk the si mul ati on must be pl ayed back w i th the same Alm anac
w i th w h i c h th e re c o rd i n g w a s made. If the Traj ectory Fi l e i s p l ayed w i th a di ffer ent
Al m a n a c th e p o s i ti o n a l s i mul ati on w i l l run, but, the S i mul ati on screen w i l l show a “ Red”
in d i c a to r fo r T ra j Po w e r a n d the R F Level w i l l remai n at the se t l evel .

F i g . E-8 S etup P age, Traj ectory S etup

C l o s e th e S e tu p p a g e a n d s el ect S i mul ati on from the Mai n Menu. P ress R un and t he


T ra j e c to ry S i mu l a ti o n w i l l start (Fi gure E -9)

F i g . E-9 S i mu l a ti on P age, Traj ectory Fi l e R unni ng

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


E - 5
T h e Si m u l a ti o n w i l l ru n u n til the end of the Traj ectory Fi l e (F i gure E -10).

F i g . E-1 0 Traj ectory S i mul ati on C ompl ete

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


E - 6
Ap p e n d ix F
G P S G - 1 0 00 USB M e mo ry De v ic e
F o rma t Co mp a t ib ilit y

T h e GP SG-1 0 0 0 u s e s U SB Memory D evi ces as a uti l i ty to update so ftw are and to im por t
a n d e x p o rt a l ma n a c , ro u te , and other fi l es. S ome types of U S B M emory D evi ces have
p ro v e n to b e u n -re a d a b l e b y the GP S G-1000 due to i ncompati bl e f ormatti ng. Th e G PSG -
1 0 0 0 re q u i re s a U SB M e m o ry D evi ce to be formatted as FA T32 or F A T16 onl y. I t is also
re c o m m e n d e d th a t u s e rs h a ve a dedi cated U S B Memory D evi ce for t he GP S G-1000 so
th a t th e d i re c to ry s tru c tu re does not get corrupted. The di rect ory fi l e structure i s shown in
F i g u re 1 b e l o w . VIA VI S o l uti ons recommends U S B Memory D evi ce P / N 67325, available
fo r p u rc h a s e fro m th e V IAV I S ol uti ons C ustomer H el p D esk at 800 -835-2350 or em ail
a v c o mm.s e rv i c e @ v i a v i s o l u tsi ons.com .

F i g. F-1 Fi l e Locati ons

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


F - 1
T H IS PA GE IN TE N TION A LLY LE FT B LA N K .

Subj ect t o Export C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s . F


F - 2
Ap p e n d ix G
C o n n e c t i n g D u a l An t e n n a Co u p le r Kit

GPS G D u a l A ntenna C oupl er K i t C onnecti on

STEP PROCEDURE

1. Connect Coaxial Cable (TNC) (50 ft) (supplied with the GPSG-1000) between the
GP S T X C OU PL E R C onnector and the GP S G S pl i tter C ommon P ort.
2. C o n n e c t tw o C o a x i al C abl es (TN C ) (12 ft) betw een the GP S G S pl i tter an d t wo
GP SG-1 0 0 0 A n te n n a C oupl ers.
(U s e th e GP SG-1 0 00 A ntenna C oupl er and S hot B ag suppl i ed w i th t he G PSG -
1 0 0 0 .)
3. E n s u re th e C o n n e c tor Termi nati on i s i n pl ace on the open GP S G S pl i tter
c o n n e c to r.
4. F o r C o u p l e r L o s s a nd C abl e Loss val ues to enter i n the GP S G-1 000 I/O set up
s c re e n ; c a l c u l a te the average i nserti on l oss of the coupl ers be i ng used. Add t o
th i s v a l u e 9 .5 d B fo r the spl i tter/combi ner and enter thi s val u e as coupl er loss.
C a l c u l a te th e a v e ra ge l oss of the C oupl er C abl es i n thi s K i t. A dd the cable loss of
th e c a b l e p ro v i d e d wi th the GP S G-1000 to the average of the tw o cabl es pr ovided
i n th i s Ki t a n d e n te r thi s val ue as cabl e l oss.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


G - 1
T H IS P AGE IN TE N TION A LLY LE FT B LA N K .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


G - 2
Ap p e n d ix H
C o n n e c t i n g Trip le An t e n n a Co u p le r Kit

GP SG T ri p l e A ntenna C oupl er K i t C onnecti on

STEP PROCEDURE

1. Connect Coaxial Cable (TNC) (50 ft) (supplied with the GPSG-1000) between the
GP S T X C OU PL E R C onnector and the GP S G S pl i tter C ommon P ort.
2. C o n n e c t th re e C o a xi al C abl es (TN C ) (12 ft) betw een the GP S G S pl i tter a nd t hr ee
GP SG-1 0 0 0 A n te n n a C oupl ers.
(U s e th e GP SG-1 0 00 A ntenna C oupl er and S hot B ag suppl i ed w i th t he G PSG -
1 0 0 0 .)
3. E n te r C o u p l e r L o s s and C abl e Loss val ues i nto i n the GP S G-100 0 I/O S e t up
S c re e n . C a l c u l a te th e average i nserti on l oss of the C oupl ers an d enter as Coupler
L o s s . C a l c u l a te th e average l oss of the C oupl er C abl es i n thi s K i t, add th at value
to th e c a b l e l o s s v a l ue for the C oupl er C abl e i ncl uded i n the G P S G- 1000 Test Set
a n d 9 .5 d B fo r th e s pl i tter l oss.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


H - 1
T H IS PA GE IN TE N TION A LLY LE FT B LA N K .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


H - 2
Ap p e n d ix I
D i r e c t C o n n e c t in g t o GPS Re c e iv e rs
R e q u i r i n g A n t e n n a L o a d Simu la t o rs
U s i n g t h e A e r o f l e x GPSG- 1 0 0 0 a n d Op t io n a l Kit

S o m e GPS re c e i v e rs re q u i re a resi sti ve l oad be present on the a ntenna port of t he


re c e i v e r fo r p ro p e r o p e ra ti o n. If a resi sti ve l oad i s not present, the recei ver i ndicat es an
a n te n n a fa u l t a n d th e s y s te m sel f-test i ndi cates a fai l ure. Th e components w i thin t his kit
p ro v i d e s a re s i s ti v e l o a d requi red by some GP S recei vers w hen d i rect connecti n g t he
GPS G-1 0 0 0 to th e R F i n p u t of the recei ver. Thi s l oad prevents some GP S recei v er s f r om
fa i l i n g th e i r i n te rn a l s e l f-te s ts. The B i as-Tee and R F termi na tor provi ded w i thi n t his kit
s i m u l a te s a 2 6 mA l o a d i n a 5 V dc system. Other l oad val ues ma y be requi red depending
o n th e n e e d s o f th e i n d i v i d ual GP S recei ver under test. The content of thi s ki t i s not
re q u i re d i f u s i n g th e GPS G -1000 R F coupl er to transmi t GP S data to the antenna of t he
GPS re c e i v e r u n d e r te s t.

GP SG D u a l A ntenna C oupl er K i t C onnecti on

STEP PROCEDURE

1. C o n n e c t th e R F te rm i nator (P /N 113102) to P ort C (D C IN ) of t he B i as-Tee ( P/ N


1 1 3 1 0 1 ).
2. C o n n e c t th e T N C to S MA coaxi al cabl e (P /N 113103) from P ort B (D C OUT) of t he
Bias-Tee (P/N 113101) to the GPS antenna input connector of the receiver under
te s t.
3. C o n n e c t th e GP SG-1000 to P ort A (D C B LOC K ) of the B i as-Tee (P /N 113101)
u s i n g th e T N C to T N C coaxi al cabl e (suppl i ed w i th the GP S G-1000 ).
4. A d d th e l o s s fa c to r of the TN C coaxi al cabl e suppl i ed w i th th e GP S G-100 0 wit h
0 .3 d B (ty p i c a l ) fo r the B i as Tee l oss and 0.95 (typi cal ) for t he C oax A ssy ( P/ N
1 1 3 1 0 3 ). E n te r th i s val ue i nto the D i rect C onnect cabl e l oss i n the GP S G - 1000
S e tu p I/O Wi n d o w . If the suppl i ed cabl es are not used, the cabl es used should be
c h a ra c te ri z e d a n d th e val ues entered.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


I - 1
5. U s i n g th e GPS G-1 0 00 U ser’ s Manual as a reference, set up and begi n a G NSS
s i m u l a ti o n o n th e G P S G-1000.

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


I - 2
T H IS P AGE IN TE N TION A LLY LE FT B LA N K .

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


I - 3
In d e x
A P
Ap pendix A P ow er R equi rements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 1
P in- O ut T able s B attery R echargi ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 2
................................ A -1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 1
Ap pendix B P ri nci pl es of Operati on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 1
T er m inology . ....................... B -1 Gal i l eo S ystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 28
C GP S R ecei vers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 30
Cont r old and Co n n e c to rs Ground E l ement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 29
F r ont P anel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 S ervi ces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 29
Rear P anel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 GN S S A ccuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 19
D GN S S A ugmentati on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 20
Def ining P ar ame te rs R A IM S ystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 22
Dat a S lew B a r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 S B A S S ystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 22
Dr op- down M e n u s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 GP S Moderni zati on S i gnal s . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 24
E nt er ing Num e ri c Va l u e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 C N A V N avi gati on Message . . . . . . . . . 6- 25
Num er ic K ey p a d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 L1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 26
S elec t aqble U n i ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 L2C S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 24
Des c r ipt ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 L5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 26
Nom enc lat ur e C ro s s -R e fe re n c e . . . . . . . . 1-1 M C ode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 27
S c ope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 GP S S ystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 2
E C ontrol S egment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 5
Eq uipm ent Capa b i l i ti e s a n d F e a tu re s . . . . . . 1-1 S pace S egment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 3
Capabilit ies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 U ser S egment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 5
F eat ur es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 GP S G-1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 1
Ut ilit ies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 P osi ti on C al cul ati on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 6
F A tmospheri c D el ays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 17
Fi l e and Dat a M a n a g e me n t 3 -2 3 , 3 -2 9 , 3 -3 2 , 3-33 , C l ock B i as . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 14
3- 34 , 3- 35 , 3- 3 6 , 3 -3 8 , 3 -3 9 , 5 -7 , 5 -1 0 C ode and Frequency C orrel ati on . . . . . . 6- 8
Fi l e T r ajec t or y F u n c ti o n W i n d o w . . . . . . . . 3-35 Measuri ng D i stance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 11
Func t ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Obtai n S atel l i te P osti ons . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 13
I S V ’ s to A cqui re and Track . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 6
Ins t allat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Ti me D el ay E rrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 16
B enc h T op . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Tri angul ati on C al cul ati ons . . . . . . . . . . 6- 14
V ent ilat ion Re q u i re m e n ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 S P S S tandard P osi ti oni ng S ervi ce . . . . . . 6- 5
M P P S P reci se P osi ti oni ng S ervi ce . . . . . . 6- 6
Ma int enanc e P roduct S peci fi cati ons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 1
E x t er nal Clea n i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 A ccessori es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 5
I nt r oduc t ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 B attery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 4
M aint enanc e P ro c e d u re s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 C oupl er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 3
A lm anac Up d a te . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 E nvi ronmental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 4
V is ual I ns pec ti o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 1
Ma int enanc e P ro c e d u re s P hysi cal C haracteri sti cs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 4
B at t er y Repla c e m e n t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
O
Oper at ing P r oc e d u re s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
P ower O f f T e s t S e t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
P ower O n T es t S e t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


1
T
Tes t S et F unc t io n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Calibr at ion F u n c ti o n Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Diagnos t ic s F u n c ti o n Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . 3-31
F ile A lm anac s F u n c ti o n Wi n d o w . . . . . . . 3-32
F ile Rout es Fu n c ti o n Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . 3-33
F ile S et t ings F u n c ti o n Wi n d o w 3 -3 4 , 3 -3 5 , 3-36 ,
3- 38
G P S RX F unc ti o n W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
M aint enanc e F u n c ti o n Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . 3-29
Rout e E dit E d i t W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Rout e E dit S to re d Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Rout e F unc t io n Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
S et up Channe l s W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
S et up I / O W in d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
S et up M ot ion Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
S et up S im ula ti o n W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
S V P RN E dit W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
S V P RN S elec ti o n F u n c ti o n W i n d o w . . . . 3-15
S y s t em F unc ti o n Wi n d o w 3 -1 , 3 -1 5 , 3 -1 8 , 3-23 ,
3- 27 , 3- 39
W ay point E dit Ed i t Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
W ay point E dit Sto re d W i n d o w . . . . . . . . . 3-25
W ay point E dit Wi n d o w . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -8 , 5-9
W ay point F un c ti o n W i n d o w . . . . . . 3 -1 5 , 3-23
Tes t ing G P S / G a l i l e o R e c e i v e rs
A nt enna Coup l e r In s ta l l a ti o n . . . . . . . 4 -1 , 5-5
G P S Rec eiv er C o mmu n i c a ti o n . . . . . . . . . 4-9
RA I M T es t ing a n d S V Ge o me try . . . . . . . 4-17
S ens it iv it y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
A c quis it ion Se n s i ti v i ty . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
C/ No M easu re m e n t Op ti o n s . . . . . . . . . 4-12
S ignal T r ac k i n g S e n s i ti v i ty . . . . . . . . . 4-10
S et up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -2 , 4 -4 , 4-6
T T F F and P os i ti o n A c c u ra c y . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
A c quis it ion C o l d S ta rt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
A c quis it ion W a rm S ta rt . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
P os it ional A c c u ra c y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Reac quis it i o n H o t Sta rt . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
T T F F A c c ura c y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
U
Upon Rec eipt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-xi
Chec k ing E qu i p m e n t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-xi i
S t andar d I t ems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -x i i i , 5-xi v
Unpac k ing T e s t Se t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-xi
Us er I nt er f ac e C o m p o n e n ts
F unc t ion K eys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
F unc t ion W in d o w Ic o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
F unc t ion W in d o w s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Launc h B ar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Launc h B ar N a v i g a ti o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

Subj ect t o Expor t C o n t ro l , s e e C o v e r P a g e f o r d e t a i l s .


2
This page intentionally left blank.
88037
Rev C0
June 2019

EXPORT CONTROL WARNING: This document contains controlled technology under the
jurisdiction of the Export Administration Regulations (EAR), 15 CFR 730-774. It cannot be
transferred to any foreign party without appropriate authorization under the EAR. Violations of
these regulations are punishable by fine, imprisonment, or both.

Viavi Solutions
North America: 1.844.GO VIAVI / 1.844.468.4284
Latin America: +52 55 5543 6644
EMEA: +49 7121 862273
APAC: +1 512 201 6534
All Other Regions: viavisolutions.com/contacts

You might also like